]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/doc/tm.texi.in
Update copyright years.
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / doc / tm.texi.in
CommitLineData
f1717362 1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
202d6e5f 2@c This is part of the GCC manual.
3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5@node Target Macros
6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions
7@cindex machine description macros
8@cindex target description macros
9@cindex macros, target description
10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
11
12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
13includes a C header file conventionally given the name
14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}.
15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information
16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the
17@file{.md} file. The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to
18@file{@var{machine}.h}. The header file @file{config.h} includes
19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}. The
20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure
21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target
22machine. @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions,
23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called
24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file.
25
26@menu
27* Target Structure:: The @code{targetm} variable.
28* Driver:: Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
29* Run-time Target:: Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}.
30* Per-Function Data:: Defining data structures for per-function information.
31* Storage Layout:: Defining sizes and alignments of data.
32* Type Layout:: Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
33* Registers:: Naming and describing the hardware registers.
34* Register Classes:: Defining the classes of hardware registers.
202d6e5f 35* Stack and Calling:: Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
36* Varargs:: Defining the varargs macros.
37* Trampolines:: Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
38* Library Calls:: Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
39* Addressing Modes:: Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
40* Anchored Addresses:: Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work.
41* Condition Code:: Defining how insns update the condition code.
42* Costs:: Defining relative costs of different operations.
43* Scheduling:: Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler.
44* Sections:: Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
45* PIC:: Macros for position independent code.
46* Assembler Format:: Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
47* Debugging Info:: Defining the format of debugging output.
48* Floating Point:: Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
49* Mode Switching:: Insertion of mode-switching instructions.
50* Target Attributes:: Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}.
51* Emulated TLS:: Emulated TLS support.
52* MIPS Coprocessors:: MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it.
53* PCH Target:: Validity checking for precompiled headers.
54* C++ ABI:: Controlling C++ ABI changes.
55* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces
56* Misc:: Everything else.
57@end menu
58
59@node Target Structure
60@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable
61@cindex target hooks
62@cindex target functions
63
64@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm
65The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable
66which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target
67machine. The variable is declared in @file{target.h};
68@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is
69used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers
70for elements of the structure. The @file{.c} file should override those
71macros for which the default definition is inappropriate. For example:
72@smallexample
73#include "target.h"
74#include "target-def.h"
75
76/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.} */
77
78#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
79#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes
80
81struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
82@end smallexample
83@end deftypevar
84
85Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to
86form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a
87``Target Hook'' with a prototype. Many macros will change in future
88from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the
89@code{targetm} structure.
90
c94b1d0e 91Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are
92specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C
93Target Hook''. This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the
851d9296 94initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in
c94b1d0e 95@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}. If targets initialize @code{targetcm}
96themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in
97@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used.
98
3e87b980 99Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that
100are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper,
101documented as ``Common Target Hook''. This is declared in
102@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer
103@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in
104@file{common/common-target-def.h}. If targets initialize
105@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set
106@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
107default definition is used.
108
202d6e5f 109@node Driver
110@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
111@cindex driver
112@cindex controlling the compilation driver
113
114@c prevent bad page break with this line
115You can control the compilation driver.
116
202d6e5f 117@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS
118A list of specs for the driver itself. It should be a suitable
119initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces.
120
121The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading
122default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and
123choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands. It
124applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the
125options added by earlier ones. It is also possible to remove options
126using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way.
127
128This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target
129options. It provides a way of standardizing the command line so
130that the other specs are easier to write.
131
132Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
133@end defmac
134
135@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS
136A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@:
137@option{--with} options) in the driver. It should be a suitable initializer
138for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the
139outermost pair of surrounding braces.
140
141The first item in the pair is the name of the default. This must match
142the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target. The second item is a spec
143to apply if a default with this name was specified. The string
144@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default
145everywhere it occurs.
146
147The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading
148default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using
149the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}.
150
151Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
152@end defmac
153
154@defmac CPP_SPEC
155A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
156pass to CPP@. It can also specify how to translate options you
157give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@.
158
159Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
160@end defmac
161
162@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
163This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather
164than C@. If you do not define this macro, then the value of
165@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead.
166@end defmac
167
168@defmac CC1_SPEC
169A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
170pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language
171front ends.
172It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options
173for GCC to pass to front ends.
174
175Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
176@end defmac
177
178@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC
179A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
180pass to @code{cc1plus}. It can also specify how to translate options you
181give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
182
183Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
184Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to
185@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of
186CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@.
187@end defmac
188
189@defmac ASM_SPEC
190A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
191pass to the assembler. It can also specify how to translate options
192you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler.
193See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
194
195Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
196@end defmac
197
198@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC
199A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to
200run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
201Normally, this is not needed. See the file @file{mips.h} for
202an example of this.
203
204Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
205@end defmac
206
207@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT
208Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler
209an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to
210read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the
211output of the compiler proper). This argument is given after any
212@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file.
213
214If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its
215standard input if given no non-option arguments. If your assembler
216cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct;
217see @file{mips.h} for instance.
218@end defmac
219
220@defmac LINK_SPEC
221A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
222pass to the linker. It can also specify how to translate options you
223give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker.
224
225Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
226@end defmac
227
228@defmac LIB_SPEC
229Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The difference
230between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
231command given to the linker.
232
233If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
234loads the standard C library from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
235@end defmac
236
237@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC
238Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program
239how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
240linker command line. This constant is placed both before and after
241the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
242
243If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that
244passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker.
245@end defmac
246
247@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
248By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the
249@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is
250instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a}
251depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static},
252@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}. On
253targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define
254@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead. @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the
255driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command
256line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified.
257@end defmac
258
259@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED
260A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}
261mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}. If nonzero, a spec will be
8aaed91d 262generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the
263shared @file{libgcc} in place of the
202d6e5f 264static exception handler library, when linking without any of
265@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}.
266@end defmac
267
268@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC
269If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}.
270When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects
271the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in
272@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.
273@end defmac
274
275@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC
276Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
277difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
278the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
279
280If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
281standard C startup file from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
282@end defmac
283
284@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC
285Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
286difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
287the very end of the command given to the linker.
288
289Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
290@end defmac
291
292@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC
293GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use.
294However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread
295models, such as AIX 4.3. On such platforms, define
296@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without
297blanks that names one of the recognized thread models. @code{%*}, the
298default value of this macro, will expand to the value of
299@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}.
300@end defmac
301
302@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC
303Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is
304configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib,
305et al, within sysroot+suffix.
306@end defmac
307
308@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC
309Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when
310GCC is configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to pass the
311updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for
312usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix.
313@end defmac
314
315@defmac EXTRA_SPECS
316Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the
317@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like
318@code{CC1_SPEC}.
319
320The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures,
321containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a
322string constant that provides the specification.
323
324Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
325
326@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several
327related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar
328to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep
329these definitions.
330
331For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to
332define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is
333used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is
334used.
335
336The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines:
337
338@smallexample
339#define EXTRA_SPECS \
340 @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @},
341
342#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT ""
343@end smallexample
344
345The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines:
346@smallexample
347#undef CPP_SPEC
348#define CPP_SPEC \
349"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \
350%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \
351%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \
352%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}"
353
354#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
355#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV"
356@end smallexample
357
358while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines
359@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as:
360
361@smallexample
362#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
363#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX"
364@end smallexample
365@end defmac
366
367@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
368Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
369@file{libgcc.a}. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
370the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
371@end defmac
372
373@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC
374The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker.
375By default this is @code{%G %L %G}.
376@end defmac
377
0ed9e37f 378@defmac POST_LINK_SPEC
379Define this macro to add additional steps to be executed after linker.
380The default value of this macro is empty string.
381@end defmac
382
202d6e5f 383@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC
384A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the
385linker. When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a
386change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}. Therefore,
387define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command
388line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish
389the effect you need. Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding
390@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead.
391@end defmac
392
3e87b980 393@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT
394
202d6e5f 395@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
396Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
397string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
398target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
399@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
400
401Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
402the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
403@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
404@xref{Target Fragment}.
405@end defmac
406
407@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
408Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate
409a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix
410indicates an absolute file name.
411@end defmac
412
413@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX
414If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
415@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
416when the compiler is built as a cross
417compiler. If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it
e757a6a8 418to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.ac}.
202d6e5f 419@end defmac
420
421@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
422Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
423standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to
424try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
425@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler
426is built as a cross compiler.
427@end defmac
428
429@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
430Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
431standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix
432when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
433@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler
434is built as a cross compiler.
435@end defmac
436
437@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
438Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
439standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the
440default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
441@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler
442is built as a cross compiler.
443@end defmac
444
445@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
446If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
447standard prefixes. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
448compiler is built as a cross compiler.
449@end defmac
450
451@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
452If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
453standard prefixes. It is not searched when the compiler is built as a
454cross compiler.
455@end defmac
456
457@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT
458Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment
459variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
460loader. The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
461initialize the necessary environment variables.
462@end defmac
463
464@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
465Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
466standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
467try when searching for local header files. @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
638454a1 468comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in
469@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order.
202d6e5f 470
471Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its
472replacement.
473@end defmac
474
638454a1 475@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT
476The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.
202d6e5f 477See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components.
478If you do not define this macro, no component is used.
479@end defmac
480
481@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
482Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
483for include files. For a native compiler, the default search path
484usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
638454a1 485@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
486@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}. In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
202d6e5f 487and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
488and specify private search areas for GCC@. The directory
489@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
490
491The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
492Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a
493string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag
494for C++-only directories,
495and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be
496wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++. Mark the end of
497the array with a null element.
498
499The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of,
500if any, in all uppercase letters. For example, it might be @samp{GCC}
501or @samp{BINUTILS}. If the package is part of a vendor-supplied
502operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}.
503
504For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS:
505
506@smallexample
507#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
508@{ \
509 @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@}, \
510 @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@}, \
511 @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@}, \
512 @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@}, \
513 @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@} \
514@}
515@end smallexample
516@end defmac
517
518Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
519
520@enumerate
521@item
522Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
523
524@item
525The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}
15b474a2 526is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time
202d6e5f 527@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed.
528
529@item
530The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
531
532@item
533The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed
15b474a2 534in the configured-time @var{prefix}.
202d6e5f 535
536@item
15b474a2 537The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
202d6e5f 538
539@item
15b474a2 540The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
202d6e5f 541
542@item
15b474a2 543The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
202d6e5f 544compiler.
545@end enumerate
546
547Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
548
549@enumerate
550@item
551Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
552
553@item
554The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined
555value based on the installed toolchain location.
556
557@item
558The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
559(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this).
560
561@item
562The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed
15b474a2 563in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler.
202d6e5f 564
565@item
566The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
567
568@item
15b474a2 569The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
202d6e5f 570compiler.
571
572@item
15b474a2 573The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a
202d6e5f 574native compiler, or we have a target system root.
575
576@item
15b474a2 577The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a
202d6e5f 578native compiler, or we have a target system root.
579
580@item
581The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications.
582If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and
583the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix.
584
585@item
586The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native
587compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
588@file{/lib/}.
589
590@item
591The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native
592compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
593@file{/usr/lib/}.
594@end enumerate
595
596@node Run-time Target
597@section Run-time Target Specification
598@cindex run-time target specification
599@cindex predefined macros
600@cindex target specifications
601
602@c prevent bad page break with this line
603Here are run-time target specifications.
604
605@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS ()
606This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines
607built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using
608the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and
609@code{builtin_assert}. When the front end
610calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has
611finished command line option processing your code can use those
612results freely.
613
614@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the
615command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates
616the assertion. @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form
617accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro.
618
619@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an
620object-like macro. If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace,
621@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally. Otherwise, it
622defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version
623with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original
624only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line. For
625example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__}
626and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips},
627@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64}
628defines only @code{_ABI64}.
629
630You can also test for the C dialect being compiled. The variable
631@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus}
632or @code{clk_objective_c}. Note that if we are preprocessing
633assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like
634macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want
635to check for that first. If you need to check for strict ANSI, the
636variable @code{flag_iso} can be used. The function-like macro
637@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional
638preprocessing.
639@end defmac
640
641@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS ()
642Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
643and is used for the target operating system instead.
644@end defmac
645
646@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS ()
647Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
648and is used for the target object format. @file{elfos.h} uses this
649macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define
650it yourself.
651@end defmac
652
653@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags
654This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before
655any target-specific headers.
656@end deftypevar
657
658@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
659This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}.
660Its default setting is 0.
661@end deftypevr
662
663@cindex optional hardware or system features
664@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
665
666@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
667This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
668target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files
669(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some option-specific
670processing and should return true if the option is valid. The default
671definition does nothing but return true.
672
fba5dd52 673@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments. @var{opts} and
674@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for
675storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the
676option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed
677via attributes).
202d6e5f 678@end deftypefn
679
680@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION
681This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
682target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt}
683definition files(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some
684option-specific processing and should return true if the option is
685valid. The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}. The
686default definition does nothing but return false.
687
688In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle
689options. However, if processing an option requires routines that are
690only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you
691should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead.
692@end deftypefn
693
1f6616ee 694@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT
695
ff6624bc 696@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE
697
698@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION
699
1f6616ee 700@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P
701
702@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG
d4238e8b 703
202d6e5f 704@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
202d6e5f 705
706@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
4c834714 707This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook
708but is only used in the C
202d6e5f 709language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be
710used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those
711frontends.
712@end defmac
713
c17f64cc 714@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
202d6e5f 715Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
c17f64cc 716various optimization levels. This variable, if defined, describes
717options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels. These
718options are processed once
202d6e5f 719just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
c17f64cc 720of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other
b59688ee 721options passed explicitly.
202d6e5f 722
c17f64cc 723This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization
202d6e5f 724options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the
725@code{optimize} attribute.
c17f64cc 726@end deftypevr
202d6e5f 727
cc07c468 728@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT
729
686e2769 730@hook TARGET_OPTION_DEFAULT_PARAMS
731
821d4118 732@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET
733Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets
734during compilation. For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for
735the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16. Source code
736can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16}
737and @code{nomips16} attributes.
738
739Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available
740registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various
741operations, and so on. GCC caches a lot of this type of information
742in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a
743significant amount of time. The compiler therefore provides a facility
744for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly
745switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details.
746
747Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility. The default
748is 0.
749@end defmac
750
4c866b9b 751@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P
752
202d6e5f 753@node Per-Function Data
754@section Defining data structures for per-function information.
755@cindex per-function data
756@cindex data structures
757
758If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC
759provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this. Note, just
760using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports
761nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function
762when another one comes along.
763
764GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which
765contains all of the data specific to an individual function. This
766structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is
767@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point
768to their own specific data.
769
770If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type
771@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}.
772This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer
773@code{init_machine_status}. This pointer is explained below.
774
775One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an
776RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address. This
777RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address}
778function, for level 0.
779
780Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold
781all of the per-function information. Thus when processing of a nested
782function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a
783stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the
784stack. GCC used to provide function pointers called
785@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle
786the saving and restoring of the target specific information. Since the
787single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no
788longer supported.
789
790@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS
791Macro called to initialize any target specific information. This macro
792is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun.
793The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the
794function pointer @code{init_machine_status}.
795@end defmac
796
797@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status
798If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per
799function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the
800target to perform any target specific initialization of the
801@code{struct function} structure. It is intended that this would be
802used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure.
803
804@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@.
805Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using
806GC allocation, including the structure itself.
807@end deftypevar
808
809@node Storage Layout
810@section Storage Layout
811@cindex storage layout
812
813Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
814alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant. They can be C
815expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
816@xref{Run-time Target}.
817
818@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
819Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
820byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
821This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
822bit. If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
823be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This
824macro need not be a constant.
825
826This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
827bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
828@end defmac
829
830@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
831Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
832word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant.
833@end defmac
834
835@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
836Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
837most significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both
76c64076 838memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the
839order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers. This
202d6e5f 840macro need not be a constant.
841@end defmac
842
76c64076 843@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
844On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between
845registers in memory. In such a situation, define this macro to describe
846the order of words in a register. The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls
847the order of words in memory.
848@end defmac
849
202d6e5f 850@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
851Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
852@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
853containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
854have the value 0. This macro need not be a constant.
855
856You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
857multi-word integers.
858@end defmac
859
202d6e5f 860@defmac BITS_PER_WORD
861Number of bits in a word. If you do not define this macro, the default
862is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}.
863@end defmac
864
865@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
866Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
867@code{BITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
868largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
869@end defmac
870
871@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD
872Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose
873register, a power of two from 1 or 8.
874@end defmac
875
876@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
877Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
878@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
879smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
880@end defmac
881
202d6e5f 882@defmac POINTER_SIZE
883Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the
884width of @code{Pmode}. If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
885you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}. If you do not specify
886a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
887@end defmac
888
889@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
890A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from
891@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}. It is
892greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they
893should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion
894is needed. In the last case, the extension is done by the target's
895@code{ptr_extend} instruction.
896
897You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode}
898and @code{word_mode} are all the same width.
899@end defmac
900
901@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
902A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
903is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
904stored in a register. This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
905scalar type.
906
907On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
908register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
909@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. In most
910cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
911floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
912counterparts.
913
914For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
915However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
916either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on
917the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
918sign-extend the result to 64 bits. On such machines, set
919@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
920
921Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
922@end defmac
923
924@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
202d6e5f 925
926@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY
927Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
928bits. All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
929regardless of data type. On most machines, this is the same as the
930size of an integer.
931@end defmac
932
933@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY
934Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
935stack pointer on this machine. The definition is a C expression for the
936desired alignment (measured in bits). This value is used as a default
937if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined. On most machines,
938this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.
939@end defmac
940
941@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY
942Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
943stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces. The definition
944is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits). This
945macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
946@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
947@end defmac
948
949@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY
950Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different
951from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}. This macro must evaluate
952to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
953@end defmac
954
955@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
956Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
957@end defmac
958
959@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
960Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in
961bits. Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported,
962just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault.
963@end defmac
964
41971a20 965@hook TARGET_ABSOLUTE_BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
966
202d6e5f 967@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT
968Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to
969provide. If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
970@end defmac
971
972@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE
973Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct. If
974not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
975@end defmac
976
977@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
978If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
979object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
980nearby object. Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger
981on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
982@end defmac
983
984@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
985Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this
986machine, in bits. If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
987structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set
988by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
989@end defmac
990
991@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{computed})
992An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} if the
993alignment computed in the usual way (including applying of
994@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the
995alignment) is @var{computed}. It overrides alignment only if the
996field alignment has not been set by the
997@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
998@end defmac
999
1000@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT
1001Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend. Use this macro
1002to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack.
1003
1004If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1005
1006@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1007@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee
1008@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not
1009@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported.
1010@end defmac
1011
1012@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
1013Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
1014Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
1015@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. If not defined,
1016the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1017
1018On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is
1019the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on
3a4303e7 1020a 32-bit host e.g. @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}.
202d6e5f 1021On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is
1022@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts.
1023@end defmac
1024
1025@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1026If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1027the static store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1028the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1029macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1030
1031If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1032
1033@findex strcpy
1034One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1035make it all fit in fewer cache lines. Another is to cause character
1036arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1037constants to character arrays can be done inline.
1038@end defmac
1039
a16734cd 1040@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1041Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates
1042some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes. E.g.@
1043AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes
1044must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries.
1045
1046If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1047@end defmac
1048
202d6e5f 1049@defmac CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (@var{constant}, @var{basic-align})
1050If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment given to a constant
1051that is being placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and
1052@var{basic-align} is the alignment that the object would ordinarily
1053have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1054align the object.
1055
e532afed 1056The default definition just returns @var{basic-align}.
202d6e5f 1057
1058The typical use of this macro is to increase alignment for string
1059constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1060constants can be done inline.
1061@end defmac
1062
1063@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1064If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1065the local store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1066the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1067macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1068
1069If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1070
1071One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1072make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
c6e790c5 1073
2f05705b 1074If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
202d6e5f 1075@end defmac
1076
482a44fa 1077@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
1078
202d6e5f 1079@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align})
1080If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot.
1081@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available,
1082and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily
1083have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1084align the slot.
1085
1086If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when
1087@var{type} is @code{NULL}. Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will
1088be used.
1089
1090This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment
1091of all possible modes which the slot may have.
c6e790c5 1092
2f05705b 1093If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
202d6e5f 1094@end defmac
1095
1096@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl})
1097If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local
1098variable @var{decl}.
1099
1100If this macro is not defined, then
1101@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))}
1102is used.
1103
1104One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1105make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
c6e790c5 1106
2f05705b 1107If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
202d6e5f 1108@end defmac
1109
1110@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align})
1111If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment
1112for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl),
1113@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}.
1114
1115If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used.
1116@end defmac
1117
1118@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
1119Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an
1120empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
1121
1122If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro.
1123@end defmac
1124
1125@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
1126Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
1127Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
1128
1129If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
1130@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1131@end defmac
1132
1133@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1134Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
1135if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely
1136go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
1137@end defmac
1138
1139@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
1140Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
1141alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
1142
1143The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int},
1144@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire
1145structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of
1146that type. In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so
1147that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it.
1148
1149Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as
1150@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force
1151four-byte alignment for the whole structure. (The alignment used may
1152not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
1153
1154An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing
1155structure.
1156
1157If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
1158a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
1159
1160Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
1161bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can
1162support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
1163@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
1164
1165The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
1166@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1167Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
1168
1169Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
1170@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
1171@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
1172
1173If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
1174bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
1175what the other compiler does. Compile and run this program:
1176
1177@smallexample
1178struct foo1
1179@{
1180 char x;
1181 char :0;
1182 char y;
1183@};
1184
1185struct foo2
1186@{
1187 char x;
1188 int :0;
1189 char y;
1190@};
1191
1192main ()
1193@{
1194 printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
1195 sizeof (struct foo1));
1196 printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
1197 sizeof (struct foo2));
1198 exit (0);
1199@}
1200@end smallexample
1201
1202If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
1203get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
1204@end defmac
1205
1206@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
1207Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited
1208to aligning a bit-field within the structure.
1209@end defmac
1210
1211@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
202d6e5f 1212
1213@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
202d6e5f 1214
f91ed644 1215@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK
202d6e5f 1216
1217@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
1218Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given
1219by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual
1220way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
1221@var{specified}.
1222
1223The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
1224the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
1225@end defmac
1226
1227@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
1228An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
1229machine mode that should actually be used. All integer machine modes of
1230this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
1231appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
1232(DImode)} is assumed.
1233@end defmac
1234
1235@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level})
3754d046 1236If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
202d6e5f 1237specifies the mode of the save area operand of a
1238@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1239@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or
1240@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is
1241having its mode specified.
1242
1243You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}. You
1244would most commonly define this macro if the
1245@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a
124664-bit mode.
1247@end defmac
1248
1249@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE
3754d046 1250If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
202d6e5f 1251specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an
1252@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1253
1254You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}.
1255You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack}
1256pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode.
1257@end defmac
1258
1259@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
202d6e5f 1260
1261@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE
202d6e5f 1262
1263@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE
202d6e5f 1264
202d6e5f 1265@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P
202d6e5f 1266
1267@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P
202d6e5f 1268
1269@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P
202d6e5f 1270
1271@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK
202d6e5f 1272
1273@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS
202d6e5f 1274
1275@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
202d6e5f 1276
1277@node Type Layout
1278@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
1279
1280These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
1281basic data types used in programs being compiled. Unlike the macros in
1282the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
1283languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
1284
1285@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE
1286A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
1287target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1288@end defmac
1289
1290@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
1291A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
1292target machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
1293(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
1294unit.)
1295@end defmac
1296
1297@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1298A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
1299target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1300@end defmac
1301
1302@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1303On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type
1304@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@. In
1305that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for
1306the size of that type. If you don't define this, the default is the
1307value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}.
1308@end defmac
1309
1310@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1311A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
1312target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1313words. If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
1314macro must be at least 64.
1315@end defmac
1316
1317@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1318A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
1319target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1320@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1321@end defmac
1322
1323@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE
1324A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and
1325C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine. If you don't define
1326this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}.
1327@end defmac
1328
1329@defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
1330A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the
1331target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1332@end defmac
1333
1334@defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1335A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the
1336target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1337words.
1338@end defmac
1339
1340@defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1341A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on
1342the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1343words.
1344@end defmac
1345
1346@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1347A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on
1348the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1349@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1350@end defmac
1351
1352@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1353A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on
1354the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1355@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1356@end defmac
1357
1358@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1359A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on
1360the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1361@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1362@end defmac
1363
1364@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1365A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on
1366the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1367@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1368@end defmac
1369
1370@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1371A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on
1372the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1373@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1374@end defmac
1375
1376@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1377A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on
1378the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1379@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1380@end defmac
1381
1382@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1383A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on
1384the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1385@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1386@end defmac
1387
1388@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1389A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on
1390the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1391@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}.
1392@end defmac
1393
f308a9b2 1394@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX
1395This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target
1396hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true. It
1397causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_}
1398prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}. A port which
1399uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in
1400the libgcc @file{config.host}.
1401@end defmac
1402
202d6e5f 1403@defmac TARGET_FLT_EVAL_METHOD
1404A C expression for the value for @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} in @file{float.h},
1405assuming, if applicable, that the floating-point control word is in its
1406default state. If you do not define this macro the value of
1407@code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} will be zero.
1408@end defmac
1409
1410@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE
1411A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format
1412supported by the hardware. If you define this macro, you must specify a
1413value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}.
1414If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}
1415is the default.
1416@end defmac
1417
1418@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
1419An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
1420@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can
1421always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char}
1422and @option{-funsigned-char}.
1423@end defmac
1424
1425@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
202d6e5f 1426
1427@defmac SIZE_TYPE
1428A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1429for size values. The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
1430contents of the string.
1431
1432The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with
1433spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
1434appropriate, and finally @code{int}. The string must exactly match one
1435of the data type names defined in the function
816c3ff2 1436@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.c}.
1437You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the
1438compiler to crash on startup.
202d6e5f 1439
1440If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
1441int"}.
1442@end defmac
1443
748e5d45 1444@defmac SIZETYPE
1445GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype},
1446@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions
1447dealing with size. This macro is a C expression for a string describing
1448the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype}
1449is extracted.
1450
1451The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string.
1452
1453If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}.
1454@end defmac
1455
202d6e5f 1456@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE
1457A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1458for the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name
1459@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string. See
1460@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1461
1462If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
1463@end defmac
1464
1465@defmac WCHAR_TYPE
1466A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1467for wide characters. The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
1468the contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1469information.
1470
1471If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
1472@end defmac
1473
1474@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1475A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
1476characters. This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
1477@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
1478@end defmac
1479
1480@defmac WINT_TYPE
1481A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
1482use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from
1483@code{getwc}. The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the
1484contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1485information.
1486
1487If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}.
1488@end defmac
1489
1490@defmac INTMAX_TYPE
1491A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1492can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
1493The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the
1494string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1495
1496If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1497@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as
1498much precision as @code{long long int}.
1499@end defmac
1500
1501@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE
1502A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1503can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
1504type. The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents
1505of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1506
1507If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1508@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long
1509unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned
1510int}.
1511@end defmac
1512
1513@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE
1514@defmacx INT8_TYPE
1515@defmacx INT16_TYPE
1516@defmacx INT32_TYPE
1517@defmacx INT64_TYPE
1518@defmacx UINT8_TYPE
1519@defmacx UINT16_TYPE
1520@defmacx UINT32_TYPE
1521@defmacx UINT64_TYPE
1522@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE
1523@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE
1524@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE
1525@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE
1526@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE
1527@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE
1528@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE
1529@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE
1530@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE
1531@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE
1532@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE
1533@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE
1534@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE
1535@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE
1536@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE
1537@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE
1538@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE
1539@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE
1540C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t},
1541@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t},
1542@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t},
1543@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t},
1544@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t},
1545@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t},
1546@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t},
1547@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t},
1548@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}. See
1549@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1550
1551If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding
1552type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide
1553@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform
1554to C99, depending on the type in question. The defaults for all of
1555these macros are null pointers.
1556@end defmac
1557
1558@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION
1559The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct
1560that looks like:
1561
1562@smallexample
1563 struct @{
1564 union @{
1565 void (*fn)();
1566 ptrdiff_t vtable_index;
1567 @};
1568 ptrdiff_t delta;
1569 @};
1570@end smallexample
1571
1572@noindent
1573The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that
1574will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual.
1575Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must
1576always be zero. Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can
1577distinguish which variant of the union is in use. But, on some
1578platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work. In
1579that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift
1580the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left.
1581
1582GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store
1583this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform.
1584However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}
1585set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest
1586bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that
1587address is in ARM or Thumb mode. If this is the case of your
1588architecture, you should define this macro to
1589@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}.
1590
1591In general, you should not have to define this macro. On architectures
1592in which function addresses are always even, according to
1593@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to
1594@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}.
1595@end defmac
1596
1597@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
1598Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables. This
1599macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors''
1600instead. Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a
1601function pointer is actually a small data structure. Normally the
1602data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data
1603pointer to which the function's data is relative.
1604
1605If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number
1606of words that the function descriptor occupies.
1607@end defmac
1608
1609@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN
1610By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment
1611is the same as pointer alignment. The value of this macro specifies
1612the alignment of the vtable entry in bits. It should be defined only
1613when special alignment is necessary. */
1614@end defmac
1615
1616@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE
1617There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below
1618zero. If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment
1619specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number
1620of words in each data entry.
1621@end defmac
1622
1623@node Registers
1624@section Register Usage
1625@cindex register usage
1626
1627This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
1628has, and how (in general) they can be used.
1629
1630The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
1631done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}. For information
1632on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
1633For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
1634For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
1635
1636@menu
1637* Register Basics:: Number and kinds of registers.
1638* Allocation Order:: Order in which registers are allocated.
1639* Values in Registers:: What kinds of values each reg can hold.
1640* Leaf Functions:: Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
1641* Stack Registers:: Handling a register stack such as 80387.
1642@end menu
1643
1644@node Register Basics
1645@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
1646
1647@c prevent bad page break with this line
1648Registers have various characteristics.
1649
1650@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1651Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive
1652numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
1653pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
1654@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
1655@end defmac
1656
1657@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS
1658@cindex fixed register
1659An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
1660all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
1661general allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame
1662pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
1663register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
1664machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
1665and any other numbered register with a standard use.
1666
1667This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
1668commas and surrounded by braces. The @var{n}th number is 1 if
1669register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
1670
1671The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
1672the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
1673by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
1674the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
1675@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
1676@end defmac
1677
1678@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS
1679@cindex call-used register
1680@cindex call-clobbered register
1681@cindex call-saved register
1682Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
1683clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
1684registers. This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
1685available for general allocation of values that must live across
1686function calls.
1687
1688If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
1689automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
1690exit, if the register is used within the function.
1691@end defmac
1692
1693@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
1694@cindex call-used register
1695@cindex call-clobbered register
1696@cindex call-saved register
1697Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require
1698that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included.
1699(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}).
1700This macro is optional. If not specified, it defaults to the value
1701of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}.
1702@end defmac
1703
1704@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1705@cindex call-used register
1706@cindex call-clobbered register
1707@cindex call-saved register
1708A C expression that is nonzero if it is not permissible to store a
1709value of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} across a
1710call without some part of it being clobbered. For most machines this
1711macro need not be defined. It is only required for machines that do not
1712preserve the entire contents of a register across a call.
1713@end defmac
1714
1715@findex fixed_regs
1716@findex call_used_regs
1717@findex global_regs
1718@findex reg_names
1719@findex reg_class_contents
b2d7ede1 1720@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
202d6e5f 1721
1722@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
1723Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1724expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
1725corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
1726function. Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
1727outbound register.
1728@end defmac
1729
1730@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
1731Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1732expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
1733corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
1734function. Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
1735register.
1736@end defmac
1737
1738@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno})
1739Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1740expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the
1741register window. Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers
1742need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local
1743gotos.
1744@end defmac
1745
1746@defmac PC_REGNUM
1747If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
1748register number. Otherwise, do not define it.
1749@end defmac
1750
1751@node Allocation Order
1752@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
1753@cindex order of register allocation
1754@cindex register allocation order
1755
1756@c prevent bad page break with this line
1757Registers are allocated in order.
1758
1759@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1760If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
1761numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
1762to use them (from most preferred to least).
1763
1764If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
1765(all else being equal).
1766
1767One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
1768registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
1769instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers. On such
1770machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
1771the highest numbered allocable register first.
1772@end defmac
1773
1774@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1775A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
1776hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
1777
1778Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
1779Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
1780register; and so on.
1781
1782The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
1783@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
1784
1785On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1786@end defmac
1787
1788@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1789Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the
1790prologue and restoring it in the epilogue. This discourages it from
1791using call-saved registers. If a machine wants to ensure that IRA
1792allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some
d44f2f7c 1793call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this
1794macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0.
202d6e5f 1795@end defmac
1796
1797@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno})
1798In some case register allocation order is not enough for the
1799Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code.
1800If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value
1801based on @var{regno}. The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will
1802be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the
1803value returned by this macro. Not defining this macro is equivalent
1804to having it always return @code{0.0}.
1805
1806On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1807@end defmac
1808
1809@node Values in Registers
1810@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
1811
1812This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
1813(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
1814consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
1815
1816@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1817A C expression for the number of consecutive hard registers, starting
1818at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode
1819@var{mode}. This macro must never return zero, even if a register
1820cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
1821and/or CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS instead.
1822
1823On a machine where all registers are exactly one word, a suitable
1824definition of this macro is
1825
1826@smallexample
1827#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \
1828 ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) \
1829 / UNITS_PER_WORD)
1830@end smallexample
1831@end defmac
1832
1833@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1834A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored
1835in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than
1836in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by
1837multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing
1838this mode by the number of registers returned by
1839@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}). By default this is zero.
1840
1841For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit
1842registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be
1843nonzero.
1844
1845This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where
1846@code{subreg_get_info}
1847would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be
1848represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a
1849@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in
1850registers and so not be representable.
1851@end defmac
1852
1853@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1854For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which
1855@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression
1856returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value
1857including any padding. In the example above, the value would be four.
1858@end defmac
1859
1860@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode})
1861Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values
1862of mode @var{mode} is not the word size. It is a C expression that
1863should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode. It is
1864used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results. This
1865happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of
1866floating-point registers is still 32-bit.
1867@end defmac
1868
1869@defmac HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1870A C expression that is nonzero if it is permissible to store a value
1871of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several
1872registers starting with that one). For a machine where all registers
1873are equivalent, a suitable definition is
1874
1875@smallexample
1876#define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) 1
1877@end smallexample
1878
1879You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,
1880because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.
1881
1882@cindex register pairs
1883On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd
1884register pairs. You can implement that by defining this macro to reject
1885odd register numbers for such modes.
1886
1887The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the
1888@samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the
1889register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a
1890value into the register and back out not alter it.
1891
1892Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for
1893all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for
1894@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} to distinguish between these modes, provided
1895you define patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This
1896is useful because of the interaction between @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}
1897and @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer modes
1898to be tieable.
1899
1900Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.
1901Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only
1902in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that
1903can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine
1904mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those
1905registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.
1906
1907On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine
1908modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating
1909registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a
1910non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,
1911@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in
1912floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically
1913normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it
1914unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating
1915register, so you can define this macro to say so.
1916
1917The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that
1918they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic
1919instructions. However, this is of no concern to
1920@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper
1921constraints for those instructions.
1922
1923On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,
1924so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a
1925register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the
1926floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not
1927be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.
1928@end defmac
1929
1930@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to})
1931A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register
1932@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}.
1933
1934One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to
1935another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt
1936handler.
1937
1938The default is always nonzero.
1939@end defmac
1940
1941@defmac MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})
1942A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode
1943@var{mode1} is accessible in mode @var{mode2} without copying.
1944
1945If @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and
1946@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always the same for
1947any @var{r}, then @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}
1948should be nonzero. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define
1949this macro to return zero unless some other mechanism ensures the
1950accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.
1951
1952You should define this macro to return nonzero in as many cases as
1953possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register
1954allocation.
1955@end defmac
1956
1957@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK
202d6e5f 1958
1959@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
1960Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode}
1961registers. You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from
1962@code{CCmode} is incomplete.
1963@end defmac
1964
1965@node Leaf Functions
1966@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
1967
1968@cindex leaf functions
1969@cindex functions, leaf
1970On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
1971more efficiently if it does not make its own register window. Often this
1972means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
1973are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
1974normally arrive.
1975
1976The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
1977other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
1978registers for its own variables and temporaries. We use the term ``leaf
1979function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
1980handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
1981functions''.
1982
1983GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
1984suitable for leaf function treatment. So it needs to renumber the
1985registers in order to output a leaf function. The following macros
1986accomplish this.
1987
1988@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS
1989Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which
1990contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
1991function treatment.
1992
1993If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
1994registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
1995GCC would ordinarily allocate. The registers which will actually be
1996used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
1997in this vector.
1998
1999Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
2000the treatment of leaf functions.
2001@end defmac
2002
2003@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
2004A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
2005should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
2006
2007If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
2008function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which
2009will cause the compiler to abort.
2010
2011Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
2012treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
2013this.
2014@end defmac
2015
2016@findex current_function_is_leaf
2017@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
2018@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
2019@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions
2020specially. They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf}
2021which is nonzero for leaf functions. @code{current_function_is_leaf} is
2022set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
2023compiler passes. They can also test the C variable
2024@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf
2025functions which only use leaf registers.
2026@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes
2027that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if
2028@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined.
2029@c changed this to fix overfull. ALSO: why the "it" at the beginning
2030@c of the next paragraph?! --mew 2feb93
2031
2032@node Stack Registers
2033@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
2034
2035There are special features to handle computers where some of the
2036``registers'' form a stack. Stack registers are normally written by
2037pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the
2038stack.
2039
2040Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
2041they must be consecutively numbered. Furthermore, the existing
2042support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating
2043point coprocessor. If you have a new architecture that uses
2044stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on
2045@file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate
2046with it, as well as defining these macros.
2047
2048@defmac STACK_REGS
2049Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
2050@end defmac
2051
2052@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS
2053This is a cover class containing the stack registers. Define this if
2054the machine has any stack-like registers.
2055@end defmac
2056
2057@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG
2058The number of the first stack-like register. This one is the top
2059of the stack.
2060@end defmac
2061
2062@defmac LAST_STACK_REG
2063The number of the last stack-like register. This one is the bottom of
2064the stack.
2065@end defmac
2066
2067@node Register Classes
2068@section Register Classes
2069@cindex register class definitions
2070@cindex class definitions, register
2071
2072On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
2073For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
2074certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions. These machine
2075restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
2076
2077You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
2078which of the registers belong to it. Then you can specify register classes
2079that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
2080
2081@findex ALL_REGS
2082@findex NO_REGS
2083In general, each register will belong to several classes. In fact, one
2084class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers. Another
2085class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers. Often the
2086union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
2087
2088@findex GENERAL_REGS
2089One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}. There is nothing
2090terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
2091@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class. If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
2092the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
2093to @code{ALL_REGS}.
2094
2095Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
2096then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
2097
2098The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
2099constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
2100You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
2101them in operand constraints.
2102
a4621139 2103You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable
2104registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for
2105some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is
2106cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory
2107(@pxref{Costs}).
2108
202d6e5f 2109You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
2110instruction allows both classes. For example, if an instruction allows
2111either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
2112certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
15edf55e 2113which includes both of them. Otherwise you will get suboptimal code,
2114or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the
851d9296 2115class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}.
202d6e5f 2116
2117You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
2118classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
2119contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
2120in their union.
2121
2122When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
2123certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
2124Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
2125a register pair to start with an even-numbered register. The way to
2126specify this requirement is with @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.
2127
2128Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
2129instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
2130each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
2131mode to or from memory. For example, on some machines, the operations for
2132single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers. When
2133this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
2134instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
2135single-byte values can be loaded or stored. This is so that
2136@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
2137
2138@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class}
2139An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names
2140as enumerated values. @code{NO_REGS} must be first. @code{ALL_REGS}
2141must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value,
2142@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
2143tells how many classes there are.
2144
2145Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
2146the class name to type @code{int}. The number serves as an index
2147in many of the tables described below.
2148@end deftp
2149
2150@defmac N_REG_CLASSES
2151The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
2152
2153@smallexample
2154#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
2155@end smallexample
2156@end defmac
2157
2158@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES
2159An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
2160constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
2161@end defmac
2162
2163@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
2164An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
2165which are bit masks. The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
2166@var{n}. The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
2167register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
2168
2169When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
2170Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
2171several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
2172for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
2173In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
2174registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
2175so on.
2176@end defmac
2177
2178@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
2179A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
2180@var{regno}. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
2181which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
2182register.
2183@end defmac
2184
2185@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS
2186A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2187base register must belong. A base register is one used in an address
2188which is the register value plus a displacement.
2189@end defmac
2190
2191@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2192This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows
2193the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner. If
2194@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
2195@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}.
2196@end defmac
2197
2198@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2199A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2200base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index
2201register address. You should define this macro if base plus index
2202addresses have different requirements than other base register uses.
2203@end defmac
2204
f8a8fc7b 2205@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
202d6e5f 2206A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
f8a8fc7b 2207base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address
2208space @var{address_space} must belong. @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code}
2209define the context in which the base register occurs. @var{outer_code} is
2210the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level
2211of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
202d6e5f 2212@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding
2213index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise.
2214@end defmac
2215
2216@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS
2217A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2218index register must belong. An index register is one used in an
2219address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
2220added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
2221@end defmac
2222
2223@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
2224A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2225suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses.
202d6e5f 2226@end defmac
2227
2228@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2229A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that
2230that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in
2231@var{mode}. You should define this macro if the mode of the memory
2232reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register. If
2233you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of
2234@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for
2235addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an
2236@code{address_operand}.
202d6e5f 2237@end defmac
2238
2239@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2240A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for
2241use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing
2242memory in mode @var{mode}. It may be either a suitable hard register or a
2243pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register. You should
2244define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements
2245than other base register uses.
2246
2247Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general
2248@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.
202d6e5f 2249@end defmac
2250
f8a8fc7b 2251@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2252A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2253suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing
2254memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}.
2255This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except
202d6e5f 2256that that expression may examine the context in which the register
2257appears in the memory reference. @var{outer_code} is the code of the
2258immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the
2259address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2260@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the
2261corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS};
2262@code{SCRATCH} otherwise. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses
2263that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}.
202d6e5f 2264@end defmac
2265
2266@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
2267A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2268suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses. It may be
2269either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
2270allocated such a hard register.
2271
2272The difference between an index register and a base register is that
2273the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of
2274two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
2275labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
2276labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
2277may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings,
2278looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
2279only if neither labeling works.
202d6e5f 2280@end defmac
2281
d78118a3 2282@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
2283
09a17585 2284@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
09a17585 2285
202d6e5f 2286@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
2287A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2288to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
2289@var{class}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
2290another, smaller class. On many machines, the following definition is
2291safe:
2292
2293@smallexample
2294#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
2295@end smallexample
2296
2297Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For
2298example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
2299for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
2300@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
2301Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
2302
2303One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return
2304@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
2305loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can
2306force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load
2307immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an
2308instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point
2309register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when
2310@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded
2311into any kind of register, code generation will be better if
ca316360 2312@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead
2313of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.
202d6e5f 2314
2315If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go
2316through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}
2317to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes
2318reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses
2319this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in
2320the SSE registers (and vice versa).
2321@end defmac
2322
71db0d8b 2323@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
71db0d8b 2324
202d6e5f 2325@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
2326A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2327to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
2328@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
2329ordinarily be used.
2330
2331Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
2332there are certain modes that simply can't go in certain reload classes.
2333
2334The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
2335smaller class.
2336
2337Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
2338require the macro to do something nontrivial.
2339@end defmac
2340
2341@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
202d6e5f 2342
2343@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2344@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2345@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2346These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
2347@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead.
2348
2349These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD}
2350target hook. Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the
2351reload phase that it may
2352need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
2353register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
2354register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
2355you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
2356largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
2357intermediate registers or scratch registers.
2358
2359If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
2360intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
2361was supposed to be defined be defined to return the largest register
2362class required. If the
2363requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro
2364@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both
2365macros identically.
2366
2367The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
2368Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
2369can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
2370@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register. Do not define this
2371macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
2372
2373If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
2374intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for
2375@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
2376(@pxref{Standard Names}. These patterns, which were normally
2377implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
2378@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
2379register.
2380
2381These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch
2382register that
2383contain a single register class. If the original reload register (whose
2384class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
2385value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
2386register. Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
2387Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
2388
2389@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
2390pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
2391Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is
2392in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
2393
2394These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
2395registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
2396registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
2397would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
2398the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an
2399intermediate storage. This case often occurs between floating-point and
2400general registers.
2401@end defmac
2402
2403@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (@var{class1}, @var{class2}, @var{m})
2404Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied
2405to some other registers without using memory. Define this macro on
2406those machines to be a C expression that is nonzero if objects of mode
2407@var{m} in registers of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of
2408class @var{class2} by storing a register of @var{class1} into memory
2409and loading that memory location into a register of @var{class2}.
2410
2411Do not define this macro if its value would always be zero.
2412@end defmac
2413
2414@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
2415Normally when @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
2416allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
2417If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
2418defined by this macro.
2419
2420Do not define this macro if you do not define
2421@code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
2422@end defmac
2423
2424@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (@var{mode})
2425When the compiler needs a secondary memory location to copy between two
2426registers of mode @var{mode}, it normally allocates sufficient memory to
2427hold a quantity of @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits and performs the store and
2428load operations in a mode that many bits wide and whose class is the
2429same as that of @var{mode}.
2430
2431This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures that all
2432bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the registers
2433in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for floating-point
2434registers.
2435
2436However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as
2437the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers
2438differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default
2439widening will not work correctly and you must define this macro to
2440suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.h} for
2441details.
2442
2443Do not define this macro if you do not define
2444@code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} or if widening @var{mode} to a mode that
2445is @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits wide is correct for your machine.
2446@end defmac
2447
24dd0668 2448@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
d3ba22dc 2449
2450@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
24dd0668 2451
202d6e5f 2452@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
2453A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
2454of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
2455
2456This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,
2457the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
2458should be the maximum value of @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
2459@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
2460
2461This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
2462in the reload pass.
2463@end defmac
2464
2465@defmac CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS (@var{from}, @var{to}, @var{class})
2466If defined, a C expression that returns nonzero for a @var{class} for which
2467a change from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to} is invalid.
2468
e94743fa 2469For example, loading 32-bit integer or floating-point objects into
2470floating-point registers on Alpha extends them to 64 bits.
202d6e5f 2471Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a 32-bit object
2472does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case for a normal
2473register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS}
2474as below:
2475
2476@smallexample
2477#define CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS(FROM, TO, CLASS) \
2478 (GET_MODE_SIZE (FROM) != GET_MODE_SIZE (TO) \
2479 ? reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, (CLASS)) : 0)
2480@end smallexample
e94743fa 2481
2482Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,
2483if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{class} are wider
2484than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the
2485mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load
2486or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will
2487eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.
2488Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the
2489entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial
2490value that the middle-end intended.
2491
202d6e5f 2492@end defmac
2493
20c3c7fc 2494@hook TARGET_IRA_CHANGE_PSEUDO_ALLOCNO_CLASS
2495
c6a6cdaa 2496@hook TARGET_LRA_P
2497
2498@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY
2499
4a2ca8f3 2500@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P
2501
c6a6cdaa 2502@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P
2503
f4447329 2504@hook TARGET_CANNOT_SUBSTITUTE_MEM_EQUIV_P
2505
968ba45e 2506@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS_DISPLACEMENT
2507
c6a6cdaa 2508@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS
2509
17f446a0 2510@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE
2511
202d6e5f 2512@node Stack and Calling
2513@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
2514@cindex calling conventions
2515
2516@c prevent bad page break with this line
2517This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
2518
2519@menu
2520* Frame Layout::
2521* Exception Handling::
2522* Stack Checking::
2523* Frame Registers::
2524* Elimination::
2525* Stack Arguments::
2526* Register Arguments::
2527* Scalar Return::
2528* Aggregate Return::
2529* Caller Saves::
2530* Function Entry::
2531* Profiling::
2532* Tail Calls::
2533* Stack Smashing Protection::
e9eaaa6a 2534* Miscellaneous Register Hooks::
202d6e5f 2535@end menu
2536
2537@node Frame Layout
2538@subsection Basic Stack Layout
2539@cindex stack frame layout
2540@cindex frame layout
2541
2542@c prevent bad page break with this line
2543Here is the basic stack layout.
2544
2545@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2b785411 2546Define this macro to be true if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
2547pointer to a smaller address, and false otherwise.
202d6e5f 2548@end defmac
2549
2550@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE
2551This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
2552on the stack. In RTL, a push operation will be
2553@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})}
2554
2555The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC},
2556and @code{POST_INC}. Which of these is correct depends on
2557the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
2558to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
2559space for the next item on the stack.
2560
2561The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is
2b785411 2562true, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise,
202d6e5f 2563which is often wrong.
2564@end defmac
2565
2566@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2567Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots
2568are at negative offsets from the frame pointer.
2569@end defmac
2570
2571@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
2572Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
2573addresses on the stack.
2574@end defmac
2575
2576@defmac STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
2577Offset from the frame pointer to the first local variable slot to be allocated.
2578
2579If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, find the next slot's offset by
2580subtracting the first slot's length from @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}.
2581Otherwise, it is found by adding the length of the first slot to the
2582value @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}.
2583@c i'm not sure if the above is still correct.. had to change it to get
2584@c rid of an overfull. --mew 2feb93
2585@end defmac
2586
2587@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
2588Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload.
2589The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2590
2591On ports where @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there
2592is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require
2593alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable
2594stack alignment and do it in the backend.
2595@end defmac
2596
2597@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2598Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
2599outgoing arguments are placed. If not specified, the default value of
2600zero is used. This is the proper value for most machines.
2601
2602If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2603the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
2604@end defmac
2605
2606@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2607Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
2608address. On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
2609function.
2610
2611If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2612the first argument's address.
2613@end defmac
2614
2615@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2616Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
2617on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
2618
2619The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
2620length of the outgoing arguments. The default is correct for most
2621machines. See @file{function.c} for details.
2622@end defmac
2623
2624@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX
2625A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial
2626stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and
2627@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}. If you don't define this macro, a reasonable
2628default value will be used. Define this macro in order to make frame pointer
2629elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and
2630@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero.
2631@end defmac
2632
2633@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
2634A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
2635frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that
2636@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
2637itself.
2638
2639If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
2640of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
2641address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
2642@end defmac
2643
2644@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
3dd01ce6 2645A C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
202d6e5f 2646setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed. For example,
2647on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
2648before we can access arbitrary stack frames. You will seldom need to
3dd01ce6 2649define this macro. The default is to do nothing.
202d6e5f 2650@end defmac
2651
2652@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
202d6e5f 2653
2654@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr})
2655A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame
2656address for the current frame. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer
2657of the current frame. This is used for __builtin_frame_address.
2658You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same
2659as the frame pointer. Most machines do not need to define it.
2660@end defmac
2661
2662@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
2663A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
2664address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after
2665the prologue. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count}
2666frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
a26d6c60 2667@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is nonzero.
202d6e5f 2668
2669The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
2670@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to
2671determine the return address of other frames.
2672@end defmac
2673
2674@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
a26d6c60 2675Define this macro to nonzero value if the return address of a particular
2676stack frame is accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack
2677frame. The zero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
202d6e5f 2678@end defmac
2679
2680@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
2681A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
2682incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
2683prologue. This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return
2684value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in
2685the stack.
2686
2687You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2688debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2689
2690If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define
2691@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}.
2692@end defmac
2693
2694@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
2695A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column
2696number that may be used as an alternative return column. The column
2697must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not
2698be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}).
2699
2700This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a
2701general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal
2702frames. Some targets have also used different frame return columns
2703over time.
2704@end defmac
2705
2706@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG
2707A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register
2708number that is considered to always have the value zero. This should
2709only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and
2710someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to
2711terminate the stack backtrace. New ports should avoid this.
2712@end defmac
2713
2714@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
202d6e5f 2715
2716@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2717A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2718from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
2719frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue. The top of
2720the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
2721previous frame, just before the call instruction.
2722
2723You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2724debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2725@end defmac
2726
2727@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2728A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2729from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa). The
2730final value should coincide with that calculated by
2731@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}. Which is unfortunately not usable
2732during virtual register instantiation.
2733
2734The default value for this macro is
2735@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size},
2736which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found
2737immediately before the stack frame. Note that this is not the case on
2738some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC
2739and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro.
2740
2741You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you
2742want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by
2743DWARF 2.
2744@end defmac
2745
2746@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2747If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2748in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).
2749The final value should coincide with that calculated by
2750@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.
2751
2752Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer,
2753via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is
2754variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible. If this macro is
2755defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be
2756based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer. Only one
2757of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}
2758should be defined.
2759@end defmac
2760
2761@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2762If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2763in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used
2764in DWARF 2 debug information. The default is zero. A different value
2765may reduce the size of debug information on some ports.
2766@end defmac
2767
2768@node Exception Handling
2769@subsection Exception Handling Support
2770@cindex exception handling
2771
2772@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N})
2773A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for
2774data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than
2775@var{N} registers are usable.
2776
2777The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
2778handlers via a set of agreed upon registers. Ideally these registers
2779should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
2780but may negatively impact code size. The target must support at least
27812 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
2782
2783You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
2784handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
2785@end defmac
2786
2787@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
2788A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2789to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
2790This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
2791It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
2792
2793Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
2794untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
2795
2796Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored
2797by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in
2798this case, the exception handling library routines will update the
2799stack location to be restored in place. Otherwise, you must define
2800this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like
2801that provided by DWARF 2.
2802@end defmac
2803
2804@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX
2805A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2806to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
2807return. It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
2808
2809Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
2810return address is stored. For targets that return by popping an
2811address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
2812the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call
2813frame. If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already
2814been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the
2815target call frame.
2816
2817Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
2818address calculable during initial code generation. In that case
2819the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead.
2820
2821If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
2822define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern.
2823@end defmac
2824
2825@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET
2826If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated
2827to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the
2828exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before
2829using it to return to the exception handler.
2830@end defmac
2831
2832@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global})
2833This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception
2834handling sections. If at all possible, this should be defined such
2835that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations,
2836and so may be read-only.
2837
2838@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers.
2839@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations.
2840The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines
2841as found in @file{dwarf2.h}.
2842
2843If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
2844represented directly.
2845@end defmac
2846
2847@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done})
2848This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required
2849to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}.
2850Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must
2851be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings.
2852
2853This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was
2854handled. @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number
2855of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF}
2856to be emitted.
2857@end defmac
2858
202d6e5f 2859@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2860This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific
2861code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data
2862available. The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind
2863through signal frames.
2864
2865This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in
2866@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and
2867@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2868@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{context->ra}
2869for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for
2870the stack pointer value. If the frame can be decoded, the register
2871save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should
2872evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}. If the frame cannot be decoded,
2873the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}.
2874
2875For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by
2876@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers.
2877@end defmac
2878
2879@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2880This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the
2881call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive,
2882usually used for signal or interrupt frames.
2883
c07f27fd 2884This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's
2885@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
202d6e5f 2886@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{fs->unwabi}
2887for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive. If the
2888@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should
2889be updated in @var{fs}.
2890@end defmac
2891
2892@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2893A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind
2894info to be given comdat linkage. Define it to be @code{1} if comdat
2895linkage is necessary. The default is @code{0}.
2896@end defmac
2897
2898@node Stack Checking
2899@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done
2900
2901GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the
2902stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of
2903three ways:
2904
2905@enumerate
2906@item
2907If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC
2908will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done
2909at appropriate places in the configuration files. GCC will not do
2910other special processing.
2911
2912@item
2913If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the
2914@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume
2915that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the
2916static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places
2917in the configuration files. GCC will only emit code to do dynamic
2918stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third
2919approach below.
2920
2921@item
2922If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically
2923``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below.
2924@end enumerate
2925
2926If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined,
2927GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option
2928@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated
2929dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes.
2930
2931@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2932A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a
2933machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if stack checking
2934is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack
2935checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach. The default
2936value of this macro is zero.
2937@end defmac
2938
2939@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN
2940A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files
2941in a machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if you would
2942like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic
2943approach. The default value of this macro is zero.
2944@end defmac
2945
2946@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP
2947An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe
2948instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer. You will normally
2949define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of
2950the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area. The default value
2951of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems.
2952@end defmac
2953
2954@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP
2955An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page
2956when doing probes. This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer
2957contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing
2958thread at any point in time. In this situation an alternate signal stack
2959is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow. The
2960default value of this macro is zero.
2961@end defmac
2962
2963@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT
2964The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for
5ee1325b 2965languages where such a recovery is supported. The default value of 4KB/8KB
202d6e5f 2966with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and
5ee1325b 29678KB/12KB with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for most
2968architectures and operating systems.
202d6e5f 2969@end defmac
2970
2971The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2972nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether
2973in the opposite case.
2974
2975@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
2976The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes. GCC will generate probe
2977instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of
2978stack are available. If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack
2979checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning. The
2980default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most
2981systems. You should normally not change the default value of this macro.
2982@end defmac
2983
2984@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
2985GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message. It
2986represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including
2987space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables.
2988You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally
2989use the default of four words.
2990@end defmac
2991
2992@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE
2993The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the
2994fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies
2995@option{-fstack-check}.
2996GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will
2997normally not need to override that default.
2998@end defmac
2999
3000@need 2000
3001@node Frame Registers
3002@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
3003
3004@c prevent bad page break with this line
3005This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
3006
3007@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
3008The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
3009fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}. On most machines,
3010the hardware determines which register this is.
3011@end defmac
3012
3013@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3014The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
3015access automatic variables in the stack frame. On some machines, the
3016hardware determines which register this is. On other machines, you can
3017choose any register you wish for this purpose.
3018@end defmac
3019
3020@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3021On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
3022offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
3023allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
3024between these two locations). On those machines, define
3025@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
3026be used internally until the offset is known, and define
3027@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number
3028used for the frame pointer.
3029
3030You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
3031is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
3032the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
3033completed. When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
3034definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
3035@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
3036or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
3037
3038Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
3039@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
3040@end defmac
3041
3042@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
3043The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
3044the function's argument list. On some machines, this is the same as the
3045frame pointer register. On some machines, the hardware determines which
3046register this is. On other machines, you can choose any register you
3047wish for this purpose. If this is not the same register as the frame
3048pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
3049@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
3050(@pxref{Elimination}).
3051@end defmac
3052
5ae82d58 3053@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER
3054Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
3055@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be
3056the same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3057== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
3058definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
3059@end defmac
3060
3061@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
3062Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
3063@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the
3064same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM ==
3065ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
3066definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
3067@end defmac
3068
202d6e5f 3069@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
3070The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to
3071access the current function's return address from the stack. On some
3072machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame
3073pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer. This register can be defined
3074to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by
3075@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
3076
3077Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return
3078address from the stack.
3079@end defmac
3080
3081@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
3082@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
3083Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer. If
3084register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
3085function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
3086number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}. If
3087these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
3088not be defined.
3089
3090The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
3091
3092If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
3093defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used.
3094@end defmac
3095
3096@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN
202d6e5f 3097
3098@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
3099This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be
3100saved in a call frame. This is used to size data structures used in
3101DWARF2 exception handling.
3102
3103Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable
3104exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA
3105extensions. In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes
3106in the number of hard registers. Nevertheless, this macro can still be
3107used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling
3108routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of
3109registers that are not call-saved.
3110
3111If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
3112@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
3113@end defmac
3114
3115@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
3116
3117This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided
3118for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code.
3119
3120If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
3121@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}.
3122@end defmac
3123
3124@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno})
3125
3126Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3127is different than the internal representation for unwind column.
3128Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind
3129column number to use instead.
3130
3131See the PowerPC's SPE target for an example.
3132@end defmac
3133
3134@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno})
3135
3136Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3137used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other
3138debug info sections. Given a GCC hard register number, this macro
3139should return the .eh_frame register number. The default is
3140@code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}.
3141
3142@end defmac
3143
3144@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh})
3145
3146Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info
3147that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that
3148should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and
3149.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero). The default is to
3150return @code{@var{regno}}.
3151
3152@end defmac
3153
e451a093 3154@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3155
3156Define this macro if the target stores register values as
3157@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context. It should be defined if
3158target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}. The
3159default is to store register values as @code{void *} type.
3160
3161@end defmac
3162
3163@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3164
3165Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind
3166context with version, args_size and by_value fields. If it is undefined,
3167it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is
3168defined and 0 otherwise.
3169
3170@end defmac
3171
202d6e5f 3172@node Elimination
3173@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
3174
3175@c prevent bad page break with this line
3176This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
3177
3178@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
202d6e5f 3179
3180@findex get_frame_size
3181@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (@var{depth-var})
3182A C statement to store in the variable @var{depth-var} the difference
3183between the frame pointer and the stack pointer values immediately after
3184the function prologue. The value would be computed from information
3185such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
3186registers @code{regs_ever_live} and @code{call_used_regs}.
3187
3188If @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is defined, this macro will be not be used and
3189need not be defined. Otherwise, it must be defined even if
3190@code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} always returns true; in that
3191case, you may set @var{depth-var} to anything.
3192@end defmac
3193
3194@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS
3195If defined, this macro specifies a table of register pairs used to
3196eliminate unneeded registers that point into the stack frame. If it is not
3197defined, the only elimination attempted by the compiler is to replace
3198references to the frame pointer with references to the stack pointer.
3199
3200The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
3201of which specifies an original and replacement register.
3202
3203On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
3204the compilation is completed. In such a case, a separate hard register
3205must be used for the argument pointer. This register can be eliminated by
3206replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
3207depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
3208
3209In this case, you might specify:
3210@smallexample
3211#define ELIMINABLE_REGS \
3212@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3213 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3214 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
3215@end smallexample
3216
3217Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
3218specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
3219@end defmac
3220
3221@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
202d6e5f 3222
3223@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
3224This macro is similar to @code{INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET}. It
3225specifies the initial difference between the specified pair of
3226registers. This macro must be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is
3227defined.
3228@end defmac
3229
3230@node Stack Arguments
3231@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
3232@cindex arguments on stack
3233@cindex stack arguments
3234
3235The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
3236on the stack. See the following section for other macros that
3237control passing certain arguments in registers.
3238
3239@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
202d6e5f 3240
3241@defmac PUSH_ARGS
3242A C expression. If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass
3243outgoing arguments.
3244If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero.
3245That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to
3246allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into
3247it. When @code{PUSH_ARGS} is nonzero, @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined too.
3248@end defmac
3249
3250@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
3251A C expression. If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from
3252last to first, rather than from first to last. If this macro is not
3253defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack
3254and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise.
3255@end defmac
3256
3257@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
3258A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
3259stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
3260
3261On some machines, the definition
3262
3263@smallexample
3264#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
3265@end smallexample
3266
3267@noindent
3268will suffice. But on other machines, instructions that appear
3269to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
3270alignment. Then the definition should be
3271
3272@smallexample
3273#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
3274@end smallexample
c6e790c5 3275
2f05705b 3276If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
202d6e5f 3277@end defmac
3278
81e483dd 3279@findex outgoing_args_size
3280@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size
202d6e5f 3281@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
3282A C expression. If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
81e483dd 3283will be computed and placed into
3284@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}. No space will be pushed
202d6e5f 3285onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
3286increase the stack frame size by this amount.
3287
3288Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
3289is not proper.
3290@end defmac
3291
3292@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3293Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
3294allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
3295registers.
3296
3297The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
3298arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl},
3299which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function.
3300The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself
3301of the function.
3302
3303This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
3304machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
3305which.
3306@end defmac
3307@c above is overfull. not sure what to do. --mew 5feb93 did
3308@c something, not sure if it looks good. --mew 10feb93
3309
02114c95 3310@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3311Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments.
3312Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body
3313is different to space required when making a call, a situation that
3314can arise with K&R style function definitions.
3315@end defmac
3316
202d6e5f 3317@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype})
3318Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the
3319caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers
3320when calling a function of @var{fntype}. @var{fntype} may be NULL
3321if the function called is a library function.
3322
3323If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
3324whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
81e483dd 3325@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.
202d6e5f 3326@end defmac
3327
3328@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
3329Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
3330stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
3331@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
3332@c overfull.. not as specific, tho. --mew 5feb93
3333
3334Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
3335stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area. Defining this macro
3336suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
3337stack in its natural location.
3338@end defmac
3339
fe0b4016 3340@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
202d6e5f 3341
3342@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum})
3343A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
3344pops off the stack. It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS}
3345when compiling a function call.
3346
3347@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
3348have been accumulated.
3349
3350On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
3351that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
3352that have been passed to the function. Since this is a property of the
3353call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not
3354appropriate.
3355@end defmac
3356
3357@node Register Arguments
3358@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
3359@cindex arguments in registers
3360@cindex registers arguments
3361
3362This section describes the macros which let you control how various
3363types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
3364the stack.
3365
81bcd36c 3366@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
202d6e5f 3367
3368@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
202d6e5f 3369
81bcd36c 3370@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
202d6e5f 3371
a9d8ab38 3372@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
3373
3374@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG
3375
202d6e5f 3376@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
202d6e5f 3377
b4c24d67 3378@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
202d6e5f 3379
3380@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
202d6e5f 3381
3382@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS
81bcd36c 3383A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument
3384of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values. For some
3385target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number
3386of bytes of argument so far.
202d6e5f 3387
3388There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
3389arguments that have been passed on the stack. The compiler has other
3390variables to keep track of that. For target machines on which all
3391arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
3392@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
3393should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
3394@end defmac
3395
3396@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl})
3397If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a
3398function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been
3399created. The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to
3400reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default.
3401If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function,
3402@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}.
3403@end defmac
3404
3405@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args})
3406A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable
3407@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list. The
3408variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. The value of @var{fntype}
3409is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive
3410the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function.
3411For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the
3412declaration node of the function. @var{fndecl} is also set when
3413@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function
3414being compiled. @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named
3415arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a
3416parameter, when making a call. When processing incoming arguments,
3417@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1.
3418
3419When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
3420@var{libname} identifies which one. It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
3421contains the name of the function, as a string. @var{libname} is 0 when
3422an ordinary C function call is being processed. Thus, each time this
3423macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
3424never both of them at once.
3425@end defmac
3426
3427@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname})
3428Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls,
3429it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be
3430@code{NULL}. @var{indirect} would always be zero, too. If this macro
3431is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname,
34320)} is used instead.
3433@end defmac
3434
3435@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
3436Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
3437finding the arguments for the function being compiled. If this macro is
3438undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
3439
3440The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
3441with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@. The
3442argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
3443@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
3444@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
3445@c --mew 5feb93 i switched the order of the sentences. --mew 10feb93
3446@end defmac
3447
81bcd36c 3448@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
202d6e5f 3449
3450@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET (@var{mode}, @var{type})
3451If defined, a C expression that is the number of bytes to add to the
3452offset of the argument passed in memory. This is needed for the SPU,
3453which passes @code{char} and @code{short} arguments in the preferred
3454slot that is in the middle of the quad word instead of starting at the
3455top.
3456@end defmac
3457
3458@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type})
3459If defined, a C expression which determines whether, and in which direction,
3460to pad out an argument with extra space. The value should be of type
3461@code{enum direction}: either @code{upward} to pad above the argument,
3462@code{downward} to pad below, or @code{none} to inhibit padding.
3463
17bfc2bc 3464The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this macro, but by the
3465target hook @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is
3466always just enough to reach the next multiple of that boundary.
202d6e5f 3467
3468This macro has a default definition which is right for most systems.
3469For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For
3470big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of
3471constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.
3472@end defmac
3473
3474@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN
3475If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
3476implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
3477next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
3478controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}. If this macro is not defined, all such
3479arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true.
3480@end defmac
3481
3482@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first})
3483Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and
3484memory. @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element. Defining this
3485macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian
3486machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl. In particular,
3487@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in
3488registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register; For example,
3489a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so
3490required.
3491@end defmac
3492
bd99ba64 3493@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
202d6e5f 3494
17bfc2bc 3495@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
3496
202d6e5f 3497@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3498A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3499register in which function arguments are sometimes passed. This does
3500@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
3501the structure-value address. On many machines, no registers can be
3502used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
3503stack.
3504@end defmac
3505
3506@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
202d6e5f 3507
3508@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
202d6e5f 3509
303ece6c 3510@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P
202d6e5f 3511
3512@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST
202d6e5f 3513
3514@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE
202d6e5f 3515
3516@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
202d6e5f 3517
3518@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
202d6e5f 3519
be97d4b6 3520@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO
3521
202d6e5f 3522@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
202d6e5f 3523
3524@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
202d6e5f 3525
13d3ceb9 3526@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3527
d5957f0d 3528@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3529
202d6e5f 3530@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P
202d6e5f 3531
3532@node Scalar Return
3533@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
3534@cindex return values in registers
3535@cindex values, returned by functions
3536@cindex scalars, returned as values
3537
3538This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
3539values---values that can fit in registers.
3540
3541@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
3542
202d6e5f 3543@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
3544This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for
3545a new target instead.
3546@end defmac
3547
3548@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
3549A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
3550function returns a value of mode @var{mode}.
3551
3552Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
3553support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
3554specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
3555compiled.
3556@end defmac
3557
3558@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
202d6e5f 3559
3560@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3561A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3562register in which the values of called function may come back.
3563
3564A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
3565second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
3566recognized by this macro. So for most machines, this definition
3567suffices:
3568
3569@smallexample
3570#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
3571@end smallexample
3572
3573If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
3574function use different registers for the return value, this macro
3575should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
3576
3577This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P}
3578for a new target instead.
3579@end defmac
3580
3581@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
202d6e5f 3582
3583@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
3584Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
3585need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
3586saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
3587@end defmac
3588
809140f3 3589@hook TARGET_OMIT_STRUCT_RETURN_REG
3590
202d6e5f 3591@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
202d6e5f 3592
3593@node Aggregate Return
3594@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
3595@cindex aggregates as return values
3596@cindex large return values
3597@cindex returning aggregate values
3598@cindex structure value address
3599
3600When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
3601cases), the value is not returned according to
3602@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}). Instead, the
3603caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value
3604should be stored. This address is called the @dfn{structure value
3605address}.
3606
3607This section describes how to control returning structure values in
3608memory.
3609
3610@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
202d6e5f 3611
3612@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
3613Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
3614in memory. Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
3615only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@.
3616If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
3617and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY}
3618target hook.
3619
3620If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
3621@end defmac
3622
3623@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
202d6e5f 3624
3625@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
3626Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
3627for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
3628the address of a static variable containing the value.
3629
3630Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
3631pass an address to the subroutine.
3632
3633This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
3634nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode.
3635@end defmac
3636
4bac51c9 3637@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE
3638
3639@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE
3640
202d6e5f 3641@node Caller Saves
3642@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
3643
3644If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls. This
3645makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
3646must live across calls.
3647
202d6e5f 3648@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs})
3649A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs}
3650of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}. If
3651@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be
3652returned. For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC
3653will select the smallest suitable mode.
3654@end defmac
3655
3656@node Function Entry
3657@subsection Function Entry and Exit
3658@cindex function entry and exit
3659@cindex prologue
3660@cindex epilogue
3661
3662This section describes the macros that output function entry
3663(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
3664
3665@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
202d6e5f 3666
3667@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
202d6e5f 3668
3669@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE
202d6e5f 3670
3671@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
202d6e5f 3672
3673@itemize @bullet
3674@item
81e483dd 3675@findex pretend_args_size
3676@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size
3677A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of
202d6e5f 3678uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
3679stack. (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
3680if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
3681arguments. But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
3682yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) This
3683region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
3684registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
3685features in @code{<stdarg.h>}.
3686
3687@item
3688An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
3689The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
3690the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
3691machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
3692in the function. Machines with register windows often do not require
3693a save area.
3694
3695@item
3696A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
3697boundary, to contain the local variables of the function. On some machines,
3698this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
3699save area closer to the top of the stack.
3700
3701@item
3702@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
3703Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
81e483dd 3704@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
202d6e5f 3705argument lists of the function. @xref{Stack Arguments}.
3706@end itemize
3707
3708@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
3709Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
3710instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
3711pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
3712adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function. The
3713default is 0.
3714
3715Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
3716frame pointers are maintained. It is never safe to delete a final
3717stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
3718compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
3719@end defmac
3720
3721@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno})
3722Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3723used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern. The stack and frame
3724pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed.
3725@end defmac
3726
3727@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno})
3728Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3729used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live
3730on entry to an exception edge.
3731@end defmac
3732
202d6e5f 3733@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
202d6e5f 3734
3735@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
202d6e5f 3736
3737@node Profiling
3738@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
3739@cindex profiling, code generation
3740
3741These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
3742
3743@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
3744A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
3745assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
3746
3747@findex mcount
3748The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by
3749your operating system environment, not by GCC@. To figure them out,
3750compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
3751compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
3752
3753Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter
3754variable to be loaded into some register. The name of this variable is
3755@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate
3756the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
3757@end defmac
3758
3759@defmac PROFILE_HOOK
3760A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly
3761code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does
3762not support profiling.
3763@end defmac
3764
3765@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
3766Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the
3767@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable
3768allocated for each function. This is true for almost all modern
3769implementations. If you define this macro, you must not use the
3770@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
3771@end defmac
3772
3773@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
3774Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
3775the function prologue. Normally, the profiling code comes after.
3776@end defmac
3777
d44f2f7c 3778@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED
3779
202d6e5f 3780@node Tail Calls
3781@subsection Permitting tail calls
3782@cindex tail calls
3783
3784@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
202d6e5f 3785
3786@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY
202d6e5f 3787
2e851bb8 3788@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE
3789
08c6cbd2 3790@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN
3791
202d6e5f 3792@node Stack Smashing Protection
3793@subsection Stack smashing protection
3794@cindex stack smashing protection
3795
3796@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD
202d6e5f 3797
3798@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL
202d6e5f 3799
48b14f50 3800@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK
3801
e9eaaa6a 3802@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks
3803@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks
3804@cindex miscellaneous register hooks
3805
3806@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
3807
202d6e5f 3808@node Varargs
3809@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
3810@cindex varargs implementation
3811
3812GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and
3813@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
3814on the stack. Other machines require their own implementations of
3815varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
3816conditionals to include it.
3817
3818ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in
3819the calling convention for @code{va_start}. The traditional
3820implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
3821to store the argument pointer. The ISO implementation of
3822@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument. The user is
3823supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
3824
3825However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument. The way to find
3826the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
3827below.
3828
3829@defmac __builtin_saveregs ()
3830Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
3831that the varargs mechanism can access them. Both ISO and traditional
3832versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
3833you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
3834
3835On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
3836control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. On
3837other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language,
3838found in @file{libgcc2.c}.
3839
3840Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
3841beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
3842@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
3843This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
3844to use them for its own purposes.
3845@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
3846@c 10feb93
3847@end defmac
3848
202d6e5f 3849@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
f739ab33 3850This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack
202d6e5f 3851argument, as type @code{void *}. If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
3852returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
3853argument. Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
3854fetching arguments from the stack. Also use it in @code{va_start} to
3855verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
3856of the current function.
3857@end defmac
3858
3859@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
3860Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
3861passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
3862has to embody these conventions. The easiest way to categorize the
3863specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
3864with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
3865
3866@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
3867considering only its data type. It returns an integer describing what
3868kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
3869
3870The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
3871interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
3872@end defmac
3873
3874These machine description macros help implement varargs:
3875
3876@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
202d6e5f 3877
3878@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
202d6e5f 3879
3880@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
202d6e5f 3881
53597a55 3882@hook TARGET_CALL_ARGS
3883
3884@hook TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS
3885
202d6e5f 3886@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
202d6e5f 3887
058a1b7a 3888@hook TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3889
3890@hook TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3891
3892@hook TARGET_LOAD_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3893
3894@hook TARGET_STORE_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3895
3896@hook TARGET_CHKP_FUNCTION_VALUE_BOUNDS
3897
3898@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARG_BOUNDS
3899
202d6e5f 3900@node Trampolines
3901@section Trampolines for Nested Functions
3902@cindex trampolines for nested functions
3903@cindex nested functions, trampolines for
3904
3905A @dfn{trampoline} is a small piece of code that is created at run time
3906when the address of a nested function is taken. It normally resides on
3907the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function. These macros
3908tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and initialize a
3909trampoline.
3910
3911The instructions in the trampoline must do two things: load a constant
3912address into the static chain register, and jump to the real address of
3913the nested function. On CISC machines such as the m68k, this requires
3914two instructions, a move immediate and a jump. Then the two addresses
3915exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands. On RISC
3916machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a register in
3917two parts. Then pieces of each address form separate immediate
3918operands.
3919
3920The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
3921parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
3922immediate operands of the instructions. On a CISC machine, this is
3923simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
3924proper offset from the start of the trampoline. On a RISC machine, it
3925may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
3926separately.
3927
3928@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
202d6e5f 3929
3930@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
3931Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed
3932(@pxref{Sections}). The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}.
3933@end defmac
3934
3935@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
3936A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
3937@end defmac
3938
3939@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
3940Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
3941
3942If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT}
3943is used for aligning trampolines.
3944@end defmac
3945
3946@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
202d6e5f 3947
3948@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 3949
3950Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
3951separate instruction and data caches. Writing into a stack location
3952fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
3953jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
3954
3955Here are two possible solutions. One is to clear the relevant parts of
3956the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up. The other is to
3957make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
3958subroutine. The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
3959latter makes initialization faster.
3960
3961To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
3962the following macro.
3963
3964@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end})
3965If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
3966cache} in the specified interval. The definition of this macro would
3967typically be a series of @code{asm} statements. Both @var{beg} and
3968@var{end} are both pointer expressions.
3969@end defmac
3970
202d6e5f 3971To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro. In addition,
3972you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
3973cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
3974beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
3975its cache line. Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
3976
3977@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
3978Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
3979work. The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
3980which will be compiled with GCC@. They go in a library function named
3981@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
3982
3983If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
3984C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
3985special label of your own in the assembler code. Use one @code{asm}
3986statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
3987global. Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
3988special assembler code.
3989@end defmac
3990
3991@node Library Calls
3992@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
3993@cindex library subroutine names
3994@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
3995
3996@c prevent bad page break with this line
3997Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
3998
3999@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES
4000This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get
4001expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a. It can be used to
4002provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there
4003are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide.
4004@end defmac
4005
4006@findex set_optab_libfunc
4007@findex init_one_libfunc
4008@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
202d6e5f 4009
f308a9b2 4010@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX
4011
202d6e5f 4012@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison})
4013This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that
4014implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in
4015mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will
4016return a tristate.
4017
4018GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the
4019comparison operators, so the default returns false always. Most ports
4020don't need to define this macro.
4021@end defmac
4022
4023@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED
4024This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison
4025functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first
4026operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal,
4027and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second.
4028If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return
4029@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2. If the target uses the routines
4030in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro.
4031@end defmac
4032
b214253d 4033@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE
4034This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide
4035instructions. If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
4036make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit
4037division. If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
4038make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive.
4039@end defmac
4040
202d6e5f 4041@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
4042@findex matherr
4043@defmac TARGET_EDOM
4044The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
4045expression. If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to
4046deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly. Look in
4047@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
4048system.
4049
4050If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
4051domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
4052error. If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
4053there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
4054that @code{matherr} is used normally.
4055@end defmac
4056
4057@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
4058@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX
4059Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
4060refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}. (On certain systems,
4061@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.) If you don't define this
4062macro, a reasonable default is used.
4063@end defmac
4064
30f690e0 4065@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION
202d6e5f 4066
4067@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
3f3d5ad4 4068Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions
4069by default. This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector
4070and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function.
4071This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin/Mac OS X systems, which have
4072the NeXT runtime installed.
4073
4074If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention
4075will be used by default. This convention passes just the object and the
4076selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
4077
4078In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate
4079scheme, by means of compiler command line switches.
202d6e5f 4080@end defmac
4081
4082@node Addressing Modes
4083@section Addressing Modes
4084@cindex addressing modes
4085
4086@c prevent bad page break with this line
4087This is about addressing modes.
4088
4089@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4090@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4091@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4092@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4093A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
4094pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
4095@end defmac
4096
4097@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP
4098@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP
4099A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4100post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
4101the size of the memory operand.
4102@end defmac
4103
4104@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG
4105@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG
4106A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4107post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
4108@end defmac
4109
4110@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
4111A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
4112is a valid address. On most machines the default definition of
4113@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)}
4114is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which
15b474a2 4115constant addresses are supported.
202d6e5f 4116@end defmac
4117
4118@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
4119@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code,
4120accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly
4121known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high}
4122expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to
4123@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
4124@end defmac
4125
4126@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
4127A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
4128memory address. Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
4129the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever
4130accept.
4131@end defmac
4132
4133@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
202d6e5f 4134
4135@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
4136A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'}
4137character for general memory addresses. This defines the constraint
4138letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by
4139@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}. Define this macro if you want to
4140support new address formats in your back end without changing the
4141semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint. This is necessary in order to
4142preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the
4143@code{'m'} constraint.
4144@end defmac
4145
4146@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x})
4147A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x},
4148or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.c}
4149can easily find the base term. This macro is used in only two places:
4150@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.c}.
4151
4152It is always safe for this macro to not be defined. It exists so
4153that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses.
4154
4155The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing
4156a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@.
4157@end defmac
4158
4159@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 4160
4161@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win})
4162A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address
4163that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode
4164@var{mode}. @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code.
4165It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for
4166performance reasons.
4167
4168For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single
4169reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo
4170registers into a register. On the other hand, for number of RISC
4171processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address
4172needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot. By defining
4173@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses
4174generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus
4175be shared.
4176
4177@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution. It is necessary
4178to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this,
4179and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge
4180of reload internals.
4181
4182@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a
4183previous invocation of this macro. If it fails to handle such addresses
4184then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort.
4185
4186@findex push_reload
4187The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that
4188need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually
4189suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}.
4190
4191The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of
4192@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
4193should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
4194This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling
4195@code{push_reload}.
4196
4197@findex strict_memory_address_p
4198The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if
4199the address has become legitimate.
4200
4201@findex copy_rtx
4202If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing
4203this is to use @code{copy_rtx}. Note, however, that it unshares only a
4204single level of rtl. Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the
4205top level, you'll need to replace first the top level.
4206It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
4207address; but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
4208@end defmac
4209
4210@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
202d6e5f 4211
ca316360 4212@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
202d6e5f 4213
4214@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 4215
202e7097 4216@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P
202e7097 4217
202d6e5f 4218@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
202d6e5f 4219
4220@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
202d6e5f 4221
80d4c05f 4222@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P
80d4c05f 4223
707e3139 4224@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL
202d6e5f 4225
4226@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD
202d6e5f 4227
202d6e5f 4228@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
202d6e5f 4229
4230@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
202d6e5f 4231
428d5ecf 4232@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST_OK
202d6e5f 4233
4234@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION
202d6e5f 4235
4236@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
202d6e5f 4237
b6c464fe 4238@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MD_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4239
202d6e5f 4240@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
202d6e5f 4241
b24d851f 4242@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
2101edf2 4243
421b11b1 4244@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES
421b11b1 4245
1f137e6d 4246@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_GET_MASK_MODE
4247
4db2b577 4248@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST
4249
4250@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST
4251
4252@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_FINISH_COST
4253
4254@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_DESTROY_COST_DATA
4255
4c0315d0 4256@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_TM_LOAD
4257
4258@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_TM_STORE
4259
16dfb112 4260@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER
16dfb112 4261
0bd6d857 4262@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_SCATTER
4263
d09768a4 4264@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN
4265
4266@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST
4267
4268@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE
4269
0bb0f256 4270@hook TARGET_GOACC_VALIDATE_DIMS
4271
e1037942 4272@hook TARGET_GOACC_DIM_LIMIT
4273
c25f1934 4274@hook TARGET_GOACC_FORK_JOIN
4275
641a0fa1 4276@hook TARGET_GOACC_REDUCTION
4277
202d6e5f 4278@node Anchored Addresses
4279@section Anchored Addresses
4280@cindex anchored addresses
4281@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors}
4282
4283GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity.
4284For example, if we have:
4285
4286@smallexample
4287static int a, b, c;
4288int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @}
4289@end smallexample
4290
4291the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic
4292addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}. On some targets,
4293it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access
4294the three variables relative to it. The equivalent pseudocode would
4295be something like:
4296
4297@smallexample
4298int foo (void)
4299@{
4300 register int *xr = &x;
4301 return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
4302@}
4303@end smallexample
4304
4305(which isn't valid C). We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as
4306``section anchors''. Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}.
4307
4308The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know
4309in order to make effective use of section anchors. It won't use
4310section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}
4311or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value.
4312
4313@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
202d6e5f 4314
4315@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
202d6e5f 4316
4317@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR
202d6e5f 4318
4319@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P
202d6e5f 4320
4321@node Condition Code
4322@section Condition Code Status
4323@cindex condition code status
4324
4325The macros in this section can be split in two families, according to the
4326two ways of representing condition codes in GCC.
4327
4328The first representation is the so called @code{(cc0)} representation
4329(@pxref{Jump Patterns}), where all instructions can have an implicit
4330clobber of the condition codes. The second is the condition code
4331register representation, which provides better schedulability for
4332architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which
4333most instructions do not affect it. The latter category includes
4334most RISC machines.
4335
4336The implicit clobbering poses a strong restriction on the placement of
5b4ac966 4337the definition and use of the condition code. In the past the definition
4338and use were always adjacent. However, recent changes to support trapping
4339arithmatic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks.
4340Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them. Additionally,
4341the definition may be the source of exception handling edges.
4342
4343These restrictions can prevent important
202d6e5f 4344optimizations on some machines. For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there
4345is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set
4346three instructions earlier than the conditional branch. The instruction
4347scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to
4348separate the definition and use of the condition code register.
4349
4350For this reason, it is possible and suggested to use a register to
4351represent the condition code for new ports. If there is a specific
4352condition code register in the machine, use a hard register. If the
4353condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register,
4354or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register.
4355Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode
4356that is in class @code{MODE_CC}.
4357
4358Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is
4359specified already in the compare instruction. In this case, you are not
4360interested in most macros in this section.
4361
4362@menu
4363* CC0 Condition Codes:: Old style representation of condition codes.
4364* MODE_CC Condition Codes:: Modern representation of condition codes.
202d6e5f 4365@end menu
4366
4367@node CC0 Condition Codes
4368@subsection Representation of condition codes using @code{(cc0)}
4369@findex cc0
4370
4371@findex cc_status
4372The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to
4373describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of
4374the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by). This
4375variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is
4376currently based, and several standard flags.
4377
4378Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine
4379description header file. It can also add additional machine-specific
4380information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}.
4381
4382@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP
4383C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep}
4384component of @code{cc_status}. It defaults to @code{int}.
4385
4386This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4387@end defmac
4388
4389@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT
4390A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''.
4391The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use
4392the field anyway. If you want to use the field, you should probably
4393define this macro to initialize it.
4394
4395This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4396@end defmac
4397
4398@defmac NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn})
4399A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status}
4400appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}. It is
4401this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition
4402code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly
4403set @code{(cc0)}.
4404
4405This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4406
4407If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter
4408other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they
4409invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as
4410reflecting. For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address
4411registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually
4412@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such
4413insns. But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code
4414based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new
4415value in @samp{a4}. Although the condition code is not changed by
4416this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of
4417@samp{a4@@(102)}. Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter
4418@code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the
4419condition code value.
4420
4421The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal
4422with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are
4423@code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or
4424constants which are just the operands. The RTL structure of these
4425insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do. What
4426@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run
4427@code{CC_STATUS_INIT}.
4428
4429A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function
4430that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example,
4431@samp{cc}. This avoids having detailed information about patterns in
4432two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}.
4433@end defmac
4434
4435@node MODE_CC Condition Codes
4436@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers
4437@findex CCmode
4438@findex MODE_CC
4439
4440@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
4441On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions
4442than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition
4443code set by a subtract instruction. However, on some machines
4444when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow
4445bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different
4446branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches. When
4447this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to
4448record different formats of the condition code register. Modes can
4449also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g. a signed or an
4450unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes.
4451
4452If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to
4453@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose
4454a mode given an operand of a compare. This is needed because the modes
4455have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example,
4456by instruction combination. The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should
4457be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support
4458the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern
4459
4460@smallexample
4461(define_insn ""
4462 [(set (reg:CC_NOOV 0)
4463 (compare:CC_NOOV
4464 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r")
4465 (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI"))
4466 (const_int 0)))]
4467 ""
4468 "@dots{}")
4469@end smallexample
4470
4471@noindent
4472together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CC_NOOVmode}
4473for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}:
4474
4475@smallexample
4476#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
123f1406 4477 (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT \
4478 ? ((OP == LT || OP == LE || OP == GT || OP == GE) \
4479 ? CCFPEmode : CCFPmode) \
4480 : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS \
4481 || GET_CODE (X) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT) \
202d6e5f 4482 ? CC_NOOVmode : CCmode))
4483@end smallexample
4484
4485Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands
4486were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in
4487this section.
4488
4489You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes
4490in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}.
4491@end defmac
4492
f8e3aa87 4493@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
202d6e5f 4494
4495@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
4496A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
4497comparison whose mode is @var{mode}. If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
4498can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
4499then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
4500
4501You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
4502floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
4503For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point
123f1406 4504inequality comparisons are given either @code{CCFPEmode} or @code{CCFPmode}:
202d6e5f 4505
4506@smallexample
123f1406 4507#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) \
4508 ((MODE) != CCFPEmode && (MODE) != CCFPmode)
202d6e5f 4509@end smallexample
4510@end defmac
4511
4512@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode})
4513A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for
4514comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}. The macro is used only in case
4515@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero. Define this macro in case
4516machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals. For
4517instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may
123f1406 4518freely convert unordered compares to ordered ones. Then definition may look
202d6e5f 4519like:
4520
4521@smallexample
4522#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \
4523 ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \
4524 : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE))
4525@end smallexample
4526@end defmac
4527
4528@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
202d6e5f 4529
4530@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE
202d6e5f 4531
3b64e9e1 4532@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
4533
202d6e5f 4534@node Costs
4535@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
4536@cindex costs of instructions
4537@cindex relative costs
4538@cindex speed of instructions
4539
4540These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
4541on the target machine.
4542
4543@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4544A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a
4545register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes are
4546expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}. A
4547value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
4548that.
4549
4550It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
4551same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
4552registers if they are not general registers.
4553
4554If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
4555hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
4556classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
4557constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will
4558allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this
4559if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
4560
4561These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4562@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead.
4563@end defmac
4564
4565@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
202d6e5f 4566
4567@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in})
4568A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a
4569register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value
4570is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in. This cost
4571is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}. If moving between
4572registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
4573should define this macro to express the relative cost.
4574
4575If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
4576the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
4577needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
4578between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is
4579more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
4580reflect the actual cost of the move.
4581
4582GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if
4583secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via
4584a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a
4585secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
45864 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
4587value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function
4588are the same as to this macro.
4589
4590These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4591@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead.
4592@end defmac
4593
9de204fa 4594@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
202d6e5f 4595
4596@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p})
b56a5220 4597A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction. A value of 1 is
4598the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter
4599@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized
4600for speed. When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value
4601optimal for code size rather than performance. @var{predictable_p} is
4602true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the
4603@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then.
202d6e5f 4604@end defmac
4605
4606Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
4607but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would
4608ordinarily expect.
4609
4610@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
4611Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
4612than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
4613faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
4614require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
4615between byte and (aligned) word loads.
4616
4617When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
4618finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
4619load will be used if alignment permits. Unless bytes accesses are
4620faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
4621may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
4622other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
4623@end defmac
4624
4625@defmac SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (@var{mode}, @var{alignment})
4626Define this macro to be the value 1 if memory accesses described by the
4627@var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater
4628than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap
4629handler.
4630
4631When this macro is nonzero, the compiler will act as if
4632@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were nonzero when generating code for block
4633moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.
4634Therefore, do not set this macro nonzero if unaligned accesses only add a
4635cycle or two to the time for a memory access.
4636
4637If the value of this macro is always zero, it need not be defined. If
4638this macro is defined, it should produce a nonzero value when
4639@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is nonzero.
4640@end defmac
4641
4642@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed})
4643The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below}
4644which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a
4645string move insn or a library call. Increasing the value will always
4646make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4647
4648Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a
4649@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts
4650the number of such sequences.
4651
4652The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4653optimized for speed rather than size.
4654
4655If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4656@end defmac
4657
0ec3791c 4658@hook TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P
4659
202d6e5f 4660@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES
4661A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4662a load or store used to copy memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}.
4663@end defmac
4664
4665@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed})
4666The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4667of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn
4668or a library call. Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4669eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4670
4671The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4672optimized for speed rather than size.
4673
4674If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4675@end defmac
4676
202d6e5f 4677@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed})
4678The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4679of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of
15b474a2 4680a block set insn or a library call.
202d6e5f 4681Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4682eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4683
4684The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4685optimized for speed rather than size.
4686
4687If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4688@end defmac
4689
202d6e5f 4690@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4691A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good
4692thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4693@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4694@end defmac
4695
4696@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4697A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good
4698thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4699@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4700@end defmac
4701
4702@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4703A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good
4704thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4705@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4706@end defmac
4707
4708@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4709A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good
4710thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4711@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4712@end defmac
4713
4714@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4715A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good
4716thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4717@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4718@end defmac
4719
4720@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4721A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good
4722thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4723@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4724@end defmac
4725
4726@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4727This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good
4728thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4729@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4730@end defmac
4731
4732@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4733This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good
4734thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4735@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4736@end defmac
4737
4738@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE
93516111 4739Define this macro to be true if it is as good or better to call a constant
202d6e5f 4740function address than to call an address kept in a register.
4741@end defmac
4742
802c6441 4743@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT
4744Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by
4745@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal. This macro defaults to true if
4746@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2.
4747@end defmac
4748
acdfe9e0 4749@hook TARGET_OPTAB_SUPPORTED_P
4750
202d6e5f 4751@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS
202d6e5f 4752
4753@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
202d6e5f 4754
0f177fa9 4755@hook TARGET_NO_SPECULATION_IN_DELAY_SLOTS_P
4756
202d6e5f 4757@node Scheduling
4758@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
4759
4760The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific
4761adjustment in order to produce good code. GCC provides several target
4762hooks for this purpose. It is usually enough to define just a few of
4763them: try the first ones in this list first.
4764
4765@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
202d6e5f 4766
4767@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
202d6e5f 4768
4769@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
202d6e5f 4770
4771@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY
202d6e5f 4772
4773@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER
202d6e5f 4774
4775@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2
202d6e5f 4776
641b578b 4777@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
4778
4779@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
4780
202d6e5f 4781@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK
202d6e5f 4782
4783@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT
202d6e5f 4784
4785@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH
202d6e5f 4786
4787@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
202d6e5f 4788
4789@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
202d6e5f 4790
4791@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
202d6e5f 4792
4793@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
202d6e5f 4794
4795@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
202d6e5f 4796
4797@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
202d6e5f 4798
4799@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
202d6e5f 4800
4801@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
202d6e5f 4802
4803@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
202d6e5f 4804
4805@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD
4806
44ad1e56 4807@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN
44ad1e56 4808
4809@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE
44ad1e56 4810
4811@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK
44ad1e56 4812
4813@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END
44ad1e56 4814
4815@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT
44ad1e56 4816
4817@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI
44ad1e56 4818
ec1842d2 4819@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE
202d6e5f 4820
4821@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE
202d6e5f 4822
4823@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED
202d6e5f 4824
4825@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4826
4827@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4828
4829@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4830
4831@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4832
4833@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4834
4835@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN
202d6e5f 4836
4837@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P
202d6e5f 4838
4839@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK
202d6e5f 4840
202d6e5f 4841@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS
202d6e5f 4842
4843@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII
202d6e5f 4844
0ac9454e 4845@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH
0ac9454e 4846
4847@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO
0ac9454e 4848
6c2d9e41 4849@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE
4850
5b1c765d 4851@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
4852
012ad66c 4853@hook TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY
4854
202d6e5f 4855@node Sections
4856@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
4857@c the above section title is WAY too long. maybe cut the part between
4858@c the (...)? --mew 10feb93
4859
4860An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
4861data. In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
4862section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
4863section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
4864section}, which holds uninitialized data. Some systems have other kinds
4865of sections.
4866
4867@file{varasm.c} provides several well-known sections, such as
4868@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}.
4869The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable
4870is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro,
4871as described below. The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.c}
4872initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants.
4873They may however depend on command-line flags.
4874
4875@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make
4876use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them
4877to be string literals.
4878
4879Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a
4880section is selected. If your assembler falls into this category, you
4881should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use
4882@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections.
4883
4884You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining
4885@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section}
4886in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}. The same is true of
4887@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}. If you do not
4888create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to
4889reuse @code{text_section}.
4890
4891All the other @file{varasm.c} sections are optional, and are null
4892if the target does not provide them.
4893
4894@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4895A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4896assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
4897Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right.
4898@end defmac
4899
4900@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4901If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most
4902frequently executed functions of the program. If not defined, GCC will provide
4903a default definition if the target supports named sections.
4904@end defmac
4905
4906@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4907If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely
4908executed functions in the program.
4909@end defmac
4910
4911@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4912A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4913assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
4914data. Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right.
4915@end defmac
4916
4917@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4918If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4919containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4920initialized, writable small data.
4921@end defmac
4922
4923@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4924A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4925assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized
4926data.
4927@end defmac
4928
4929@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4930If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4931containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
fa8d6f0f 4932uninitialized global data. If not defined, and
4933@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined,
202d6e5f 4934uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
4935@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be
4936used.
4937@end defmac
4938
4939@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4940If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4941containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4942uninitialized, writable small data.
4943@end defmac
4944
4945@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP
4946If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
4947assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local
4948common data. The default is @code{".tls_common"}.
4949@end defmac
4950
4951@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4952If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4953containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section. The
4954default is @code{'T'}.
4955@end defmac
4956
4957@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4958If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4959containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4960initialization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4961not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{init_section}
4962variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4963@end defmac
4964
4965@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
4966If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4967containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4968finalization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4969not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section}
4970variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4971@end defmac
4972
4973@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4974If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4975containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4976part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4977defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4978both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4979@end defmac
4980
4981@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4982If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4983containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4984part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4985defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4986both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4987@end defmac
4988
4989@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function})
4990If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
4991via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to
4992the text section. This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if
4993@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls
4994to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
4995sections. By default, this macro uses a simple function call. Some
4996ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
4997registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
4998constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
4999@end defmac
5000
5001@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION
5002If defined, a string which names the section into which small
5003variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go. This is useful
5004when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and
5005you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what
5006they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application
5007expects. For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like
5008MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't
5009require small data support from your application, but use this macro
5010to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can
5011access these variables whether it uses small data or not.
5012@end defmac
5013
5014@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN
5015If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some
5016arbitrary boundary. This is used to force all fragments of the
5017@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment
5018and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding.
5019@end defmac
5020
5021@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
5022Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
5023tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text
5024section, along with the assembler instructions. Otherwise, the
5025readonly data section is used.
5026
5027This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
5028@end defmac
5029
5030@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
202d6e5f 5031
5032@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
202d6e5f 5033
5034@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION
202d6e5f 5035
5036@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
5037Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called
5038for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants.
5039
5040In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the
5041function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if
5042it is unlikely to be called.
5043@end defmac
5044
5045@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
202d6e5f 5046
5047@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
202d6e5f 5048
6e71bd21 5049@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX
5050
e3ef604c 5051@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION
5052
202d6e5f 5053@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
202d6e5f 5054
5055@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
202d6e5f 5056
5057@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
202d6e5f 5058
5059@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
202d6e5f 5060
5061@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
202d6e5f 5062
5063@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION
202d6e5f 5064
8637d6a2 5065@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
5066
202d6e5f 5067@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P
202d6e5f 5068
5069@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS
202d6e5f 5070
5071
5072@node PIC
5073@section Position Independent Code
5074@cindex position independent code
5075@cindex PIC
5076
5077This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
5078independent code. Simply defining these macros is not enough to
5079generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook
5080@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro
5081@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}. You
5082must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate
5083when the source operand contains a symbolic address. You may also
5084need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use
5085relative addresses.
15b474a2 5086@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
202d6e5f 5087@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
5088
5089@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
5090The register number of the register used to address a table of static
5091data addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a
5092processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@. When this macro
5093is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
5094pointer and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it
5095is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
5096necessary). Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@:
5097when @code{flag_pic} is true).
5098@end defmac
5099
5100@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
260e669e 5101A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by
5102@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls. If not defined,
5103the default is zero. Do not define
202d6e5f 5104this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
5105@end defmac
5106
5107@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
5108A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
5109operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
5110You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
5111check this. You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
5112check it either. You need not define this macro if all constants
5113(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
5114position independent code.
5115@end defmac
5116
5117@node Assembler Format
5118@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
5119
5120This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
5121to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the
5122instructions do.
5123
5124@menu
5125* File Framework:: Structural information for the assembler file.
5126* Data Output:: Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
5127* Uninitialized Data:: Output of uninitialized variables.
5128* Label Output:: Output and generation of labels.
5129* Initialization:: General principles of initialization
5130 and termination routines.
5131* Macros for Initialization::
5132 Specific macros that control the handling of
5133 initialization and termination routines.
5134* Instruction Output:: Output of actual instructions.
5135* Dispatch Tables:: Output of jump tables.
5136* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code.
5137* Alignment Output:: Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
5138@end menu
5139
5140@node File Framework
5141@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
5142@cindex assembler format
5143@cindex output of assembler code
5144
5145@c prevent bad page break with this line
5146This describes the overall framework of an assembly file.
5147
5148@findex default_file_start
5149@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
202d6e5f 5150
5151@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
202d6e5f 5152
5153@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
202d6e5f 5154
5155@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
202d6e5f 5156
5157@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack ()
5158Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack}
5159special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on
5160the stack being executable. If your system uses this convention, you
5161should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function. If you
5162need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call
5163this function.
5164@end deftypefun
5165
5166@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START
202d6e5f 5167
5168@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END
202d6e5f 5169
5170@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END
202d6e5f 5171
5172@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START
5173A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
5174assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
5175the end of the line.
5176@end defmac
5177
5178@defmac ASM_APP_ON
5179A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
5180statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5181@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
5182assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
5183that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
5184@end defmac
5185
5186@defmac ASM_APP_OFF
5187A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
5188statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5189@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
5190time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
5191@end defmac
5192
5193@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5194A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
5195which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
5196the stdio stream @var{stream}.
5197
5198This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
5199for the file format in use is appropriate.
5200@end defmac
5201
e2823fde 5202@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
5203
367b1459 5204@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
5205
202d6e5f 5206@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string})
5207A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream
5208@var{stream}. If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string}
5209in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to
5210the assembler source. So you can use it to canonicalize the format
5211of the filename using this macro.
5212@end defmac
5213
202d6e5f 5214@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
202d6e5f 5215
3b73548b 5216@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION
3b73548b 5217
3b3edcd4 5218@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS
5219
202d6e5f 5220@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS
5221This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}.
b213bf24 5222It must not be modified by command-line option processing.
202d6e5f 5223@end deftypevr
5224
5225@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}
5226@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS
202d6e5f 5227
5228@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
202d6e5f 5229
5230@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
202d6e5f 5231
5232@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
202d6e5f 5233
5234@need 2000
5235@node Data Output
5236@subsection Output of Data
5237
5238
5239@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
202d6e5f 5240
5241@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
202d6e5f 5242
d895e9da 5243@hook TARGET_ASM_DECL_END
5244
1282f299 5245@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
1282f299 5246
202d6e5f 5247@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
5248A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
5249instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
5250bytes at @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
5251@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
5252
5253If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
5254Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
5255@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
5256@end defmac
5257
5258@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n})
5259A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for
5260@var{decl}. This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS}
5261is defined, and is otherwise unused.
5262@end defmac
5263
5264@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
5265You may define this macro as a C expression. You should define the
5266expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
5267pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
5268GCC should output the constant pool after the function. If you do
5269not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
5270pool before the function.
5271@end defmac
5272
5273@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size})
5274A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
5275constant pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving
5276the name of the function. Should the return type of the function
5277be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}. @var{size}
5278is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
5279immediately after this call.
5280
5281If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
5282not be defined.
5283@end defmac
5284
5285@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
5286A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
5287constant pool, if it needs special treatment. (This macro need not do
5288anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
5289
5290The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
5291assembler code on. @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
5292output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
5293@samp{const_int}). @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
5294@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
5295alignment.
5296
5297The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
5298the address of this pool entry. The definition of this macro is
5299responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
5300Here is how to do this:
5301
5302@smallexample
5303@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
5304@end smallexample
5305
5306When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
5307@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}. This will prevent the same pool
5308entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
5309
5310You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
5311@end defmac
5312
5313@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
5314A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant
5315pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the
5316function. Should the return type of the function be required, you can
5317obtain it via @var{fundecl}. @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the
5318constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call.
5319
5320If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not
5321define this macro.
5322@end defmac
5323
5324@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR})
5325Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
5326used as a logical line separator by the assembler. @var{STR} points
5327to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if
5328a line separator uses multiple characters.
5329
5330If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
5331the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
5332@end defmac
5333
5334@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN
202d6e5f 5335
5336These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
5337of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
5338
5339@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5340@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5341@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5342@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5343@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5344@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5345These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the
5346target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in
5347the variable @var{l}. For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and
5348@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a
5349simple @code{long int}. For the others, it should be an array of
5350@code{long int}. The number of elements in this array is determined
5351by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of
5352it go in each @code{long int} array element. Each array element holds
535332 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits
5354on the host machine.
5355
5356The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
5357using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
5358machine's memory.
5359@end defmac
5360
5361@node Uninitialized Data
5362@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
5363
5364Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
5365outputting a single uninitialized variable.
5366
5367@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5368A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5369@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
5370@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5371is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. It is
5372possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no
5373other member than a zero-length array is defined. In this case, the
5374backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one
5375byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare
5376equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express
5377the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent
5378an ordinary undefined external.
5379
5380Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5381output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5382assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5383
5384This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5385common global variables are output.
5386@end defmac
5387
5388@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5389Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
5390separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5391place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
5392handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5393as the number of bits.
5394@end defmac
5395
5396@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5397Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the
5398variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5399is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5400in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and
5401@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}. Define this macro when you need to see
5402the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5403@end defmac
5404
fa8d6f0f 5405@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
202d6e5f 5406A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5407@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named
fa8d6f0f 5408@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{alignment}
5409is the alignment specified as the number of bits.
202d6e5f 5410
fa8d6f0f 5411Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file
5412@file{varasm.c} when defining this macro. If unable, use the expression
202d6e5f 5413@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself;
5414before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining
5415the name, and a newline.
5416
fa8d6f0f 5417There are two ways of handling global BSS@. One is to define this macro.
202d6e5f 5418The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a
5419switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}).
5420You do not need to do both.
5421
5422Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a
5423non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals
5424efficiently. C++ is one example of this. However, if the target does
5425not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals
5426common in order to save space in the object file.
5427@end defmac
5428
202d6e5f 5429@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5430A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5431@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
5432@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5433is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
5434
5435Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5436output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5437assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5438
5439This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5440static variables are output.
5441@end defmac
5442
5443@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5444Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
5445separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5446place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
5447handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5448as the number of bits.
5449@end defmac
5450
5451@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5452Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL} except that @var{decl} of the
5453variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5454is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5455in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DECL} and
5456@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL}. Define this macro when you need to see
5457the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5458@end defmac
5459
5460@node Label Output
5461@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
5462
5463@c prevent bad page break with this line
5464This is about outputting labels.
5465
5466@findex assemble_name
5467@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5468A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5469@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
5470Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5471output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5472assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5473definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5474@end defmac
5475
2761b7cb 5476@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5477A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5478@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of
5479a function.
5480Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5481output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5482assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5483definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5484
5485If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5486usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5487@end defmac
5488
202d6e5f 5489@findex assemble_name_raw
5490@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5491Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known
5492to refer to a compiler-generated label. The default definition uses
5493@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except
5494that it is more efficient.
5495@end defmac
5496
5497@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP
5498A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5499size of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5500default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other
5501systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5502
5503Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions
5504of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE}
5505for your system. If you need your own custom definitions of those
5506macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not
5507define this macro.
5508@end defmac
5509
5510@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size})
5511A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5512@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the
5513symbol @var{name} is @var{size}. @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}.
5514If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5515provided.
5516@end defmac
5517
5518@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5519A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5520@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of
5521the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current
5522address.
5523
5524If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5525provided. The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special
5526@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate
5527the difference between this and another symbol. If your assembler does
5528not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need
5529to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique.
5530@end defmac
5531
75a15fa3 5532@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
5533Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5534@samp{$} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in
5535G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers. If this macro is defined,
5536@samp{.} is used instead.
5537@end defmac
5538
5539@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
5540Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5541@samp{.} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++
5542have names that use @samp{.}. If this macro is defined, these names
5543are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
5544@end defmac
5545
202d6e5f 5546@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP
5547A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5548type of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5549default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other
5550systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5551
5552Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5553@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5554custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5555types at all, do not define this macro.
5556@end defmac
5557
5558@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
5559A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of
5560the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}. On systems that use ELF, the
5561default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems,
5562the default is not to define this macro.
5563
5564Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5565@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5566custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5567types at all, do not define this macro.
5568@end defmac
5569
5570@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type})
5571A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5572@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the
5573symbol @var{name} is @var{type}. @var{type} is a C string; currently,
5574that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but
5575you should not count on this.
5576
5577If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default
5578definition of this macro is provided.
5579@end defmac
5580
5581@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5582A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5583@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5584function which is being defined. This macro is responsible for
5585outputting the label definition (perhaps using
2761b7cb 5586@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
202d6e5f 5587@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5588
5589If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
2761b7cb 5590usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).
202d6e5f 5591
5592You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5593of this macro.
5594@end defmac
5595
5596@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5597A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5598@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
5599which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5600function. The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
5601representing the function.
5602
5603If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
5604
5605You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5606of this macro.
5607@end defmac
5608
3e1bd9b8 5609@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5610A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5611@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5612cold function partition which is being defined. This macro is responsible
5613for outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5614@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
5615@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5616
5617If this macro is not defined, then the cold partition name is defined in the
5618usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5619
5620You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5621of this macro.
5622@end defmac
5623
5624@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5625A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5626@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a cold function
5627partition which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5628cold partition of the function. The argument @var{decl} is the
5629@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5630
5631If this macro is not defined, then the partition size is not defined.
5632
5633You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5634of this macro.
5635@end defmac
5636
202d6e5f 5637@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5638A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5639@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
5640initialized variable which is being defined. This macro must output the
5641label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument
5642@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
5643
5644If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
5645usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5646
5647You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5648@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro.
5649@end defmac
5650
8c38d114 5651@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
202d6e5f 5652
5653@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name})
5654A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5655@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno}
5656for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}.
5657
5658If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5659nothing.
5660@end defmac
5661
5662@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
5663A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
5664once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
5665chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
5666initializer. This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
5667something about the size of the object.
5668
5669If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5670nothing.
5671
5672You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5673@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro.
5674@end defmac
5675
5676@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
202d6e5f 5677
5678@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME
202d6e5f 5679
7260826d 5680@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_UNDEFINED_DECL
5681
202d6e5f 5682@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5683A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5684@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
5685that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
5686no other definition is available. Use the expression
5687@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
5688itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
5689for making that name weak, and a newline.
5690
5691If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not
5692support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK}
5693macro.
5694@end defmac
5695
5696@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5697Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and
5698@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function
5699or variable decl. If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement
5700should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which
5701defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5702@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands
5703to make @var{name} weak.
5704@end defmac
5705
5706@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5707Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to
5708symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics. @code{decl} is the
5709declaration of @code{name}.
5710@end defmac
5711
5712@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK
293c8430 5713A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target
5714supports weak symbols.
202d6e5f 5715
5716If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5717definition. If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}
293c8430 5718is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.
5719@end defmac
5720
5721@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
5722A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
5723
5724If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5725definition. The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}. Define
5726this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler
5727flag such as @option{-melf}.
202d6e5f 5728@end defmac
5729
5730@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl})
5731A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a
5732public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will
5733be discarded by the linker. Define this macro if your object file
5734format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT}
5735section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support
5736requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section.
5737@end defmac
5738
5739@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
5740A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only
5741semantics.
5742
5743If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default
5744definition. If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default
5745definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}. Define this macro if
5746you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if
5747setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to
5748be emitted as one-only.
5749@end defmac
5750
5751@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY
202d6e5f 5752
5753@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC
5754A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects
5755that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents.
5756The default is @code{0}.
5757
5758Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that,
5759if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and
5760will have undefined references from other translation units, that
5761symbol should not be weak. Defining this macro to be nonzero will
5762thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak
5763(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes
5764with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak.
5765
5766The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero. Define this macro for
5767targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker
5768restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's
5769table of contents.
5770@end defmac
5771
5772@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
5773A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5774@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
5775symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
5776not defined. The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
5777declaration.
5778
5779This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
5780The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
5781@end defmac
5782
5783@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
202d6e5f 5784
5785@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED
202d6e5f 5786
5787@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5788A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5789@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
5790@var{name}. This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
5791is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
5792systems. This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
5793@end defmac
5794
d86d364d 5795@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5796
202d6e5f 5797@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym})
5798A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to
5799@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}. If not defined, @code{assemble_name}
5800will be used to output the name of the symbol. This macro may be used
5801to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information
5802encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}.
5803@end defmac
5804
5805@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf})
5806A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the
5807result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}. If not defined,
5808@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol.
5809This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l}
5810specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set
5811when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is
5812being taken.
5813@end defmac
5814
5815@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
202d6e5f 5816
5817@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5818A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info
5819label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number
5820@var{num}. This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels
5821may need to be treated differently than branch target labels. On some
5822systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction
5823bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction
5824bundles.
5825
5826If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be
5827used.
5828@end defmac
5829
5830@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5831A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
5832is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
5833
5834This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
5835produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce
5836with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
5837
5838If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
5839output the rest of the string unchanged. It is often convenient for
5840@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way. If the
5841string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
5842to output the string, and may change it. (Of course,
5843@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
5844you should know what it does on your machine.)
5845@end defmac
5846
5847@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
5848A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
5849@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
5850@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
5851added. Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
5852
5853The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
5854produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
5855@var{name}. Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
5856assembler code. The argument @var{number} is different each time this
5857macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
5858internal static variables in different scopes.
5859
5860Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
5861conflict with the user's own symbols. Most assemblers allow periods
5862or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
5863between the name and the number will suffice.
5864
5865If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided
5866which is correct for most systems.
5867@end defmac
5868
5869@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5870A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5871which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
5872
5873@findex SET_ASM_OP
5874If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5875correct for most systems.
5876@end defmac
5877
5878@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5879A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5880which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name}
5881to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}. This macro will
5882be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if
5883the tree nodes are available.
5884
5885@findex SET_ASM_OP
5886If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5887correct for most systems.
5888@end defmac
5889
5890@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5891A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines
5892(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value
5893of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the
5894current compilation unit. The default is to not defer output of defines.
5895This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and
5896@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}.
5897@end defmac
5898
5899@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5900A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5901which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5902@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as
5903an undefined weak symbol.
5904
5905Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define
5906@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible.
5907@end defmac
5908
5909@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
5910Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
5911Objective-C methods.
5912
5913The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
5914class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}). For methods in categories, the name of
5915the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
5916@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
5917
5918These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
5919the method's selector is not present in the name. Therefore, particular
5920systems define other ways of computing names.
5921
5922@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
5923buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
5924@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
592550 characters extra.
5926
5927The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
5928method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
5929@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not
5930in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
5931
5932On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
5933macro to provide more human-readable names.
5934@end defmac
5935
202d6e5f 5936@node Initialization
5937@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
5938@cindex initialization routines
5939@cindex termination routines
5940@cindex constructors, output of
5941@cindex destructors, output of
5942
5943The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
5944(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
5945data in the program when the program is started. These functions need
5946to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
5947@code{main} is called.
5948
5949Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
5950@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
5951terminates.
5952
5953To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
5954must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
5955be called at the appropriate time. When you port the compiler to a new
5956system, you need to specify how to do this.
5957
5958There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
5959initialization and termination functions. Each way has two variants.
5960Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
5961
5962@findex __CTOR_LIST__
5963@findex __DTOR_LIST__
5964The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
5965initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
5966termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
5967
5968Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
59690, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
5970the environment). This is followed by a series of zero or more function
5971pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
5972pointer containing zero.
5973
5974Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
5975@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
5976time and exit time. Constructors are called in reverse order of the
5977list; destructors in forward order.
5978
5979The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
5980formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections. A section is set
5981aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
5982Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}. Each
5983object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
5984the constructor section to point to that function. The linker
5985accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
5986Termination functions are handled similarly.
5987
5988This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if
5989@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined. A target that does not
5990support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated
5991constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5992and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect.
5993
5994When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
5995upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called. On systems that
5996support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup,
5997parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section. The
5998program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this:
5999
6000@smallexample
6001ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o
6002@end smallexample
6003
6004The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init}
6005section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}. Likewise
6006for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section. Normally these
6007files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but
6008are provided by GCC for a few targets.
6009
6010The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets)
6011compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}. They contain, among other things, code
6012fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch
6013to routines in the @code{.text} section. The linker will pull all parts
6014of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function
6015that invokes the routines we need at startup.
6016
6017To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
6018macro properly.
6019
6020If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called
6021@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program
6022entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}),
6023it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
6024after the function prologue. The @code{__main} function is defined
6025in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors.
6026
6027In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
6028two variants. In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
6029and an `a.out' format must be used. In this case,
6030@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
6031entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
6032and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
6033code as its value. The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
6034the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
6035placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
6036a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
6037@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly. Since no init
6038section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
6039the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
6040the initialization process.
6041
6042The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
6043This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
6044file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@. In
6045this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and
6046termination functions are recognized simply by their names. This requires
6047an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}. This program
6048pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running
6049the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of
6050initialization and termination functions. These functions are called
6051via @code{__main} as described above. In order to use this method,
6052@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}.
6053
6054@ifinfo
6055The following section describes the specific macros that control and
6056customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
6057@end ifinfo
6058
6059@node Macros for Initialization
6060@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
6061
6062Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
6063and termination functions:
6064
6065@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6066If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler
6067operation to identify the following data as initialization code. If not
6068defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. When you are
6069using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this
6070macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to
6071run the initialization functions.
6072@end defmac
6073
6074@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION
6075If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
6076This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
6077on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
6078be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
6079@end defmac
6080
6081@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH
6082If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6083the following symbol is an initialization routine.
6084@end defmac
6085
6086@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH
6087If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6088the following symbol is a finalization routine.
6089@end defmac
6090
6091@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6092If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6093automatically called when a shared library is loaded. The function
6094should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6095the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a
6096function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated.
6097
6098This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a
6099shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2
6100exception tables embedded in the code.
6101@end defmac
6102
6103@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6104If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6105automatically called when a shared library is unloaded. The function
6106should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6107the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a
6108function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated.
6109@end defmac
6110
6111@defmac INVOKE__main
6112If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
6113@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. This macro should be defined for systems
6114where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
6115useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
6116@end defmac
6117
6118@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY
6119If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the
6120compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization
6121of objects. If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon
6122encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute.
6123@end defmac
6124
6125@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS
202d6e5f 6126
6127@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
202d6e5f 6128
6129@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR
202d6e5f 6130
6131If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine
6132generated for the generated object file will have static linkage.
6133
6134If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing
6135constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan
6136an object file for constructor functions to be called.
6137
6138On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make
6139@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all):
6140
6141@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
6142Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
6143object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan
6144object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
6145
6146This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as
6147part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine.
6148@end defmac
6149
6150@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
6151Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
6152to execute @command{nm}. The default is to search the path normally for
6153@command{nm}.
f369130e 6154@end defmac
6155
6156@defmac NM_FLAGS
6157@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static
6158constructors and destructors and LTO info. By default, @option{-n} is
6159passed. Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options
b59688ee 6160are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n}
f369130e 6161produces.
6162@end defmac
202d6e5f 6163
6164If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
6165dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
6166these macros to enable support for running initialization and
6167termination functions in shared libraries:
202d6e5f 6168
6169@defmac LDD_SUFFIX
6170Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program
f369130e 6171which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4.
202d6e5f 6172@end defmac
6173
6174@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr})
6175Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
6176of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. @var{ptr} is a variable
6177of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
6178from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
6179code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that
6180line. Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}.
6181@end defmac
6182
6183@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX
6184Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared
6185library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}). @command{collect2}
6186strips version information after this suffix when generating global
6187constructor and destructor names. This define is only needed on targets
6188that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors.
6189@end defmac
6190
6191@node Instruction Output
6192@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
6193
6194@c prevent bad page break with this line
6195This describes assembler instruction output.
6196
6197@defmac REGISTER_NAMES
6198A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
6199registers, each one as a C string constant. This is what translates
6200register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
6201@end defmac
6202
6203@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
6204If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
6205and a register number. This macro defines additional names for hard
6206registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
6207to registers using alternate names.
6208@end defmac
6209
ea26afd4 6210@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
6211If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a
6212name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive
6213machine registers the name overlaps. This macro defines additional
6214names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in
6215declarations to refer to registers using alternate names. Unlike
6216@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the
6217register name implies multiple underlying registers.
6218
6219This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an
6220@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the
6221register name. For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision
6222VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers
6223``s0'' and ``s1''.
6224@end defmac
6225
202d6e5f 6226@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
6227Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
6228requires different names for the machine instructions.
6229
6230The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
6231assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}. The
6232macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
6233points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
6234written in the machine description. The definition should output the
6235opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
6236increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
6237so that it will not be output twice.
6238
6239In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
6240name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
6241that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
6242care of the substitution yourself. Just be sure to increment
6243@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
6244
6245@findex recog_data.operand
6246If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
6247elements of @code{recog_data.operand}.
6248
6249If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
6250in the usual way.
6251@end defmac
6252
6253@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
6254If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
6255assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
6256they will be output differently.
6257
6258Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
6259extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
6260elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
6261The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
6262template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
6263by changing the contents of the vector.
6264
6265This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
6266file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
6267can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
6268as with rearranged operands). Naturally, variations in assembler
6269syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
6270writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
6271
6272If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
6273@end defmac
6274
6275@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN
202d6e5f 6276
6277@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
6278A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6279assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}. @var{x} is an
6280RTL expression.
6281
6282@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
6283of printing the operand. It is used when identical operands must be
6284printed differently depending on the context. @var{code} comes from
6285the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
6286operand. If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
6287@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
6288@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
6289
6290@findex reg_names
6291If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
6292The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
6293@code{char *[]}. @code{reg_names} is initialized from
6294@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
6295
6296When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
6297(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
6298with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
6299@var{code}.
6300@end defmac
6301
6302@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
6303A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
6304punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. If
6305@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
6306punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
6307in this way.
6308@end defmac
6309
6310@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
6311A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6312assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
6313whose address is @var{x}. @var{x} is an RTL expression.
6314
6315@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
6316On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
6317section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the hook
6318@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
6319@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. @xref{Assembler
6320Format}.
6321@end defmac
6322
6323@findex dbr_sequence_length
6324@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file})
6325A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
6326been output. If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
6327determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
6328currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
6329or whatever.
6330
6331Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
6332reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
6333explicit (e.g.@: with white space).
6334@end defmac
6335
6336@findex final_sequence
6337Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
6338prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence
6339(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
6340found.) The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
6341processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
6342being output.
6343
6344@findex asm_fprintf
6345@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX
6346@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
6347@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
6348@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
6349If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
6350@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
6351@file{final.c}). These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
6352support multiple assembler formats. In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
6353files can define these macros differently.
6354@end defmac
6355
6356@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format})
6357If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case}
6358statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of
6359the @code{asm_fprintf} function. This allows targets to define extra
6360printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler
6361statements. Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future
6362generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target
6363specific code. The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}.
6364The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format
6365string, starting the character after the one that is being switched
6366upon, is pointed to by @var{format}.
6367@end defmac
6368
6369@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
6370If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
6371different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
6372numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
6373first variant.
6374
6375If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form
6376@smallexample
6377@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}}
6378@end smallexample
6379@noindent
6380in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the
6381first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}. This construct outputs
6382@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
6383@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc. Any special characters
6384within these strings retain their usual meaning. If there are fewer
6385alternatives within the braces than the value of
82353beb 6386@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed
6387to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly,
6388@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used.
202d6e5f 6389
6390If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
6391@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
6392operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
6393
6394Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
6395@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
6396the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism. Define
6397@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
6398if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
6399opcodes or operand order.
6400@end defmac
6401
6402@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6403A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6404which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
6405The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6406profiling.
6407@end defmac
6408
6409@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6410A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6411which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
6412The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6413profiling.
6414@end defmac
6415
6416@node Dispatch Tables
6417@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
6418
6419@c prevent bad page break with this line
6420This concerns dispatch tables.
6421
6422@cindex dispatch table
6423@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
6424A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6425pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels.
6426@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels. The
6427definitions of these labels are output using
6428@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same
6429way here. For example,
6430
6431@smallexample
6432fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
6433 @var{value}, @var{rel})
6434@end smallexample
6435
6436You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
6437dispatch table are relative to the table's own address. If defined, GCC
6438will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@.
6439@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the
6440mode and flags can be read.
6441@end defmac
6442
6443@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
6444This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
6445in a dispatch table are absolute.
6446
6447The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
6448@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
6449a label. @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
6450definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6451For example,
6452
6453@smallexample
6454fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
6455@end smallexample
6456@end defmac
6457
6458@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6459Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
6460specially. The first three arguments are the same as for
6461@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the
9ddbb404 6462jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an
202d6e5f 6463@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
6464
6465This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
6466for the table.
6467
6468If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
6469@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6470@end defmac
6471
6472@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6473Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
6474jump-table. The definition should be a C statement to be executed
6475after the assembler code for the table is written. It should write
6476the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}. The argument
6477@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
6478of the preceding label.
6479
6480If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
6481the jump-table.
6482@end defmac
6483
6484@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL
202d6e5f 6485
6486@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL
202d6e5f 6487
37966699 6488@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
6489
202d6e5f 6490@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
202d6e5f 6491
f3e8e368 6492@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN
6493
202d6e5f 6494@node Exception Region Output
6495@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions
6496
6497@c prevent bad page break with this line
6498
6499This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception
6500region.
6501
6502@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
6503If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing
6504exception handling frame unwind information. If not defined, GCC will
6505provide a default definition if the target supports named sections.
6506@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section.
6507
6508You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame
6509unwind information and the default definition does not work.
6510@end defmac
6511
552a60d3 6512@defmac EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
6513If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will identified by
6514specially named labels. The collect2 process will locate these
6515labels and generate code to register the frames.
202d6e5f 6516
552a60d3 6517This might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker will not
6518place the eh_frames in-between the sentinals from @file{crtstuff.c},
6519or if the system linker does garbage collection and sections cannot
6520be marked as not to be collected.
202d6e5f 6521@end defmac
6522
6523@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
6524Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind
6525information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a
6526runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only
6527and read-write sections into a single read-write section.
6528@end defmac
6529
6530@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR
6531An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so
6532that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it.
6533@end defmac
6534
6535@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
6536Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6537information, but it does not yet work with exception handling.
6538Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines
d8555e79 6539@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}),
6540GCC will provide a default definition of 1.
cc7d6aed 6541@end defmac
202d6e5f 6542
cc7d6aed 6543@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
6544This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling
6545by the target. If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook
6546should return @code{UI_TARGET}. If the target is to use the
6547@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook
6548should return @code{UI_SJLJ}. If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6549information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}.
202d6e5f 6550
cc7d6aed 6551A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}.
6552This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code. The
6553default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}.
202d6e5f 6554
cc7d6aed 6555Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant. It should
b213bf24 6556not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by
6557@var{opts}. In particular, the
cc7d6aed 6558setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor
6559macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up
6560depending on this setting.
6561
6562The default implementation of the hook first honors the
6563@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then
b213bf24 6564@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}. If
6565@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target
6566must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly.
cc7d6aed 6567@end deftypefn
202d6e5f 6568
6569@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT
6570This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding
b213bf24 6571tables even when exceptions are not used. It must not be modified by
6572command-line option processing.
202d6e5f 6573@end deftypevr
6574
202d6e5f 6575@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
6576Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme
6577should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library
6578instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery.
6579@end defmac
6580
91bb968b 6581@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE
6582This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also
6583defined. Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer
6584for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism
6585is not large enough, or if it is much too large.
6586The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}.
6587@end defmac
6588
202d6e5f 6589@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
6590This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the
6591function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to
6592@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. The definition should be the negative minimum
2b785411 6593alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is true, and the positive
202d6e5f 6594minimum alignment otherwise. @xref{SDB and DWARF}. Only applicable if
6595the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information.
6596@end defmac
6597
6598@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO
202d6e5f 6599
6600@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
202d6e5f 6601
d626297e 6602@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE
6603
202d6e5f 6604@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA
202d6e5f 6605
6606@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
202d6e5f 6607
6608@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
202d6e5f 6609
6610@node Alignment Output
6611@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
6612
6613@c prevent bad page break with this line
6614This describes commands for alignment.
6615
6616@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6617The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is
6618a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge.
6619
6620This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6621to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6622define the macro.
6623
6624Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6625to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's
6626@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6627selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation.
6628@end defmac
6629
ae2b9f1f 6630@hook TARGET_ASM_JUMP_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
ae2b9f1f 6631
202d6e5f 6632@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label})
6633The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows
6634a @code{BARRIER}.
6635
6636This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6637to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6638define the macro.
6639@end defmac
6640
ae2b9f1f 6641@hook TARGET_ASM_LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER_MAX_SKIP
202d6e5f 6642
6643@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label})
720b223d 6644The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads
6645a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop).
202d6e5f 6646
6647This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6648to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6649define the macro.
6650
6651Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6652to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's
6653@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6654selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation.
6655@end defmac
6656
ae2b9f1f 6657@hook TARGET_ASM_LOOP_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
202d6e5f 6658
6659@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label})
6660The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}.
6661If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment,
6662the maximum of the specified values is used.
6663
6664Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6665to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's
6666@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6667selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation.
6668@end defmac
6669
ae2b9f1f 6670@hook TARGET_ASM_LABEL_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
202d6e5f 6671
6672@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
6673A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6674instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
6675Those bytes should be zero when loaded. @var{nbytes} will be a C
6676expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}.
6677@end defmac
6678
6679@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
6680Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
6681text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
6682This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
6683produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
6684section.
6685@end defmac
6686
6687@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6688A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6689command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6690@var{power} bytes. @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
6691@end defmac
6692
6693@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6694Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used
6695for padding, if necessary.
6696@end defmac
6697
6698@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip})
6699A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6700command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6701@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to
6702satisfy the alignment request. @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be
6703a C expression of type @code{int}.
6704@end defmac
6705
6706@need 3000
6707@node Debugging Info
6708@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
6709
6710@c prevent bad page break with this line
6711This describes how to specify debugging information.
6712
6713@menu
6714* All Debuggers:: Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
6715* DBX Options:: Macros enabling specific options in DBX format.
6716* DBX Hooks:: Hook macros for varying DBX format.
6717* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format.
6718* SDB and DWARF:: Macros for SDB (COFF) and DWARF formats.
6719* VMS Debug:: Macros for VMS debug format.
6720@end menu
6721
6722@node All Debuggers
6723@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
6724
6725@c prevent bad page break with this line
6726These macros affect all debugging formats.
6727
6728@defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})
6729A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler
6730register number @var{regno}. In the default macro provided, the value
6731of this expression will be @var{regno} itself. But sometimes there are
6732some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice
6733versa. In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the
6734compiler and another for DBX@.
6735
6736If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be
6737used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
6738consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}.
6739Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
6740expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
6741
6742If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that
6743does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
6744redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
6745@end defmac
6746
6747@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
6748A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
6749variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The default
6750computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
6751gives the offset from the frame-pointer. This is required for targets
6752that produce debugging output for DBX or COFF-style debugging output
6753for SDB and allow the frame-pointer to be eliminated when the
6754@option{-g} options is used.
6755@end defmac
6756
6757@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
6758A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
6759having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The nominal offset is
6760@var{offset}.
6761@end defmac
6762
6763@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
6764A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should
6765produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}. Define
6766this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of
6767debugging output. Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG},
6768@code{SDB_DEBUG}, @code{DWARF_DEBUG}, @code{DWARF2_DEBUG},
6769@code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG}, and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}.
6770
6771When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the
6772value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two
6773exceptions. If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the
6774value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}. Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is
6775defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}.
6776
6777The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
6778user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs},
6779@option{-gcoff}, @option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}.
6780@end defmac
6781
6782@node DBX Options
6783@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output
6784
6785@c prevent bad page break with this line
6786These are specific options for DBX output.
6787
6788@defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
6789Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX
6790in response to the @option{-g} option.
6791@end defmac
6792
6793@defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6794Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output
6795in response to the @option{-g} option. This is a variant of DBX format.
6796@end defmac
6797
6798@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
6799Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate
6800GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format
6801debugging information is enabled at all). If you don't define the
6802macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
6803if there is any occasion to.
6804@end defmac
6805
6806@defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
6807Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while
6808in the text section.
6809@end defmac
6810
6811@defmac ASM_STABS_OP
6812A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6813use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol.
6814If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used. This macro
6815applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6816@end defmac
6817
6818@defmac ASM_STABD_OP
6819A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6820use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose
6821value is the current location. If you don't define this macro,
6822@code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used. This macro applies only to DBX debugging
6823information format.
6824@end defmac
6825
6826@defmac ASM_STABN_OP
6827A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6828use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no
6829name. If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used. This
6830macro applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6831@end defmac
6832
6833@defmac DBX_NO_XREFS
6834Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct
6835@samp{xs@var{tagname}}. On some systems, this construct is used to
6836describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}.
6837On other systems, this construct is not supported at all.
6838@end defmac
6839
6840@defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
6841A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally
6842continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it
6843exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters). On some
6844operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting
6845must not be done. You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro
6846with the value zero. You can override the default splitting-length by
6847defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire.
6848@end defmac
6849
6850@defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
6851Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to
6852the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows. To use
6853a different character instead, define this macro as a character
6854constant for the character you want to use. Do not define this macro
6855if backslash is correct for your system.
6856@end defmac
6857
6858@defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
6859Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before
6860outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static
6861variable.
6862@end defmac
6863
6864@defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
6865The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6866for a typedef. The default is @code{N_LSYM}.
6867@end defmac
6868
6869@defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
6870The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6871for a static variable located in the text section. DBX format does not
6872provide any ``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_FUN}.
6873@end defmac
6874
6875@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
6876The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6877for a parameter passed in registers. DBX format does not provide any
6878``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_RSYM}.
6879@end defmac
6880
6881@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
6882The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter
6883passed in registers. DBX format does not customarily provide any way to
6884do this. The default is @code{'P'}.
6885@end defmac
6886
6887@defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
6888Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its
6889arguments should precede the assembler code for the function. Normally,
6890in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler
6891code.
6892@end defmac
6893
6894@defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6895Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol describing
6896the scope of a block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be
6897relative to the start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses
6898an absolute address.
6899@end defmac
6900
6901@defmac DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6902Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol indicating
6903the current line number (@code{N_SLINE}) should be relative to the
6904start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses an absolute address.
6905@end defmac
6906
6907@defmac DBX_USE_BINCL
6908Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and
6909@code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems. This
6910macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file
6911number and a type number within the file. Normally, GCC does not
6912generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single
6913number for a type number.
6914@end defmac
6915
6916@node DBX Hooks
6917@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format
6918
6919@c prevent bad page break with this line
6920These are hooks for DBX format.
6921
202d6e5f 6922@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter})
6923A C statement to output DBX debugging information before code for line
6924number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
6925@var{stream}. @var{counter} is the number of time the macro was
6926invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended to generate
6927unique labels in the assembly output.
6928
6929This macro should not be defined if the default output is correct, or
6930if it can be made correct by defining @code{DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE}.
6931@end defmac
6932
6933@defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
6934Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the
6935@code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct.
6936On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without
6937disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6938@end defmac
6939
6940@defmac NO_DBX_BNSYM_ENSYM
6941Some assemblers cannot handle the @code{.stabd BNSYM/ENSYM,0,0} gdb dbx
6942extension construct. On those machines, define this macro to turn this
6943feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6944@end defmac
6945
6946@node File Names and DBX
6947@subsection File Names in DBX Format
6948
6949@c prevent bad page break with this line
6950This describes file names in DBX format.
6951
6952@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6953A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
6954@var{stream}, which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source
6955file---the file specified as the input file for compilation.
6956This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation.
6957
6958This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
6959for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
6960
6961It may be necessary to refer to a label equal to the beginning of the
6962text section. You can use @samp{assemble_name (stream, ltext_label_name)}
6963to do so. If you do this, you must also set the variable
6964@var{used_ltext_label_name} to @code{true}.
6965@end defmac
6966
6967@defmac NO_DBX_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY
6968Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6969of the current directory for compilation and current source language at
6970the beginning of the file.
6971@end defmac
6972
6973@defmac NO_DBX_GCC_MARKER
6974Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6975that this object file was compiled by GCC@. The default is to emit
6976an @code{N_OPT} stab at the beginning of every source file, with
6977@samp{gcc2_compiled.} for the string and value 0.
6978@end defmac
6979
6980@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6981A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of
6982compilation of the main source file @var{name}. Output should be
6983written to the stdio stream @var{stream}.
6984
6985If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end
6986of compilation, which is correct for most machines.
6987@end defmac
6988
6989@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
6990Define this macro @emph{instead of} defining
6991@code{DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END}, if what needs to be output at
6992the end of compilation is an @code{N_SO} stab with an empty string,
6993whose value is the highest absolute text address in the file.
6994@end defmac
6995
6996@need 2000
6997@node SDB and DWARF
6998@subsection Macros for SDB and DWARF Output
6999
7000@c prevent bad page break with this line
7001Here are macros for SDB and DWARF output.
7002
7003@defmac SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO
2e3b03ce 7004Define this macro to 1 if GCC should produce COFF-style debugging output
202d6e5f 7005for SDB in response to the @option{-g} option.
7006@end defmac
7007
7008@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
7009Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
7010debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option.
7011
7012@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION
202d6e5f 7013
7014To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
7015define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set
7016@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
7017prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save}
7018as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't.
7019@end defmac
7020
7021@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
7022Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output
cc7d6aed 7023Dwarf 2 frame information. If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}
7024(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and
7025exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter
7026how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}.
202d6e5f 7027@end defmac
7028
cc7d6aed 7029@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO
cc7d6aed 7030
202d6e5f 7031@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
7032Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2
7033line debug info sections. This will result in much more compact line number
7034tables, and hence is desirable if it works.
7035@end defmac
7036
1651aa77 7037@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS
7038
effa044f 7039@hook TARGET_FORCE_AT_COMP_DIR
7040
8a42230a 7041@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2
7042
7043@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK
7044
84b574d2 7045@hook TARGET_NO_REGISTER_ALLOCATION
7046
202d6e5f 7047@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
7048A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
7049@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7050@end defmac
7051
7052@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
7053A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
7054between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g. instruction
7055slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size.
7056@end defmac
7057
7058@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{section})
7059A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a
7060section-relative reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the
7061given @var{size}. The label is known to be defined in the given @var{section}.
7062@end defmac
7063
7064@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
7065A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative
7066reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7067@end defmac
7068
552a60d3 7069@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATAREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
7070A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to the
7071given @var{label} relative to the dbase, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7072@end defmac
7073
202d6e5f 7074@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label})
7075A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to
7076the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section. This
7077is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which
7078is referenced by a function.
7079@end defmac
7080
7081@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
202d6e5f 7082
7083@defmac PUT_SDB_@dots{}
7084Define these macros to override the assembler syntax for the special
7085SDB assembler directives. See @file{sdbout.c} for a list of these
7086macros and their arguments. If the standard syntax is used, you need
7087not define them yourself.
7088@end defmac
7089
7090@defmac SDB_DELIM
7091Some assemblers do not support a semicolon as a delimiter, even between
7092SDB assembler directives. In that case, define this macro to be the
7093delimiter to use (usually @samp{\n}). It is not necessary to define
7094a new set of @code{PUT_SDB_@var{op}} macros if this is the only change
7095required.
7096@end defmac
7097
7098@defmac SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES
7099Define this macro to allow references to unknown structure,
7100union, or enumeration tags to be emitted. Standard COFF does not
7101allow handling of unknown references, MIPS ECOFF has support for
7102it.
7103@end defmac
7104
7105@defmac SDB_ALLOW_FORWARD_REFERENCES
7106Define this macro to allow references to structure, union, or
7107enumeration tags that have not yet been seen to be handled. Some
7108assemblers choke if forward tags are used, while some require it.
7109@end defmac
7110
7111@defmac SDB_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line})
7112A C statement to output SDB debugging information before code for line
7113number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
7114@var{stream}. The default is to emit an @code{.ln} directive.
7115@end defmac
7116
7117@need 2000
7118@node VMS Debug
7119@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format
7120
7121@c prevent bad page break with this line
7122Here are macros for VMS debug format.
7123
7124@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7125Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS
7126in response to the @option{-g} option. The default behavior for VMS
7127is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of
7128@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}. This
02e53c17 7129behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and
202d6e5f 7130@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.
7131@end defmac
7132
7133@node Floating Point
7134@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
7135@cindex cross compilation and floating point
7136@cindex floating point and cross compilation
7137
7138While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers,
7139there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers. This
7140means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
7141in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
7142doing the compilation.
7143
7144Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
7145range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in
7146the target machine's format. Therefore, the cross compiler cannot
7147safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate
7148the target's arithmetic. To ensure consistency, GCC always uses
7149emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and
7150target floating point formats are identical.
7151
7152The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to
7153use. All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize
7154floating-point calculations must use these macros. They may evaluate
7155their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects.
7156
7157@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE
7158The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target
7159machine's format. Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an
7160array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque
7161quantity.
7162@end defmac
7163
202d6e5f 7164@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7165Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero.
7166@end deftypefn
7167
7168@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7169Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero. If
7170@var{x} is negative, returns zero.
7171@end deftypefn
7172
3754d046 7173@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode})
202d6e5f 7174Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's
7175representation for mode @var{mode}. This routine can handle both
7176decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax
7177defined by the C language for both.
7178@end deftypefn
7179
7180@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7181Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise.
7182@end deftypefn
7183
7184@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7185Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative).
7186@end deftypefn
7187
7188@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7189Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number).
7190@end deftypefn
7191
202d6e5f 7192@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7193Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}.
7194@end deftypefn
7195
7196@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7197Returns the absolute value of @var{x}.
7198@end deftypefn
7199
202d6e5f 7200@node Mode Switching
7201@section Mode Switching Instructions
7202@cindex mode switching
7203The following macros control mode switching optimizations:
7204
7205@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity})
7206Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode
7207switching in an optimizing compilation.
7208
7209For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision
7210floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation,
7211the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision
7212operation, this bit has to be set. Changing the PR bit requires a general
7213purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to
7214be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you can't put this into instruction emitting
7215or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}.
7216
7217You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time
7218which entities actually need it. @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should
7219return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching.
7220If you define this macro, you also have to define
cea19dab 7221@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED},
7222@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}.
7223@code{TARGET_MODE_AFTER}, @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}
202d6e5f 7224are optional.
7225@end defmac
7226
7227@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
7228If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as
7229initializer for an array of integers. Each initializer element
7230N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number
7231of different modes that might need to be set for this entity.
7232The position of the initializer in the initializer---starting counting at
7233zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched
7234entity in question.
7235In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are
7236represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1. N is used to specify that no mode
7237switch is needed / supplied.
7238@end defmac
7239
cea19dab 7240@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT
202d6e5f 7241
cea19dab 7242@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED
202d6e5f 7243
cea19dab 7244@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER
202d6e5f 7245
cea19dab 7246@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
202d6e5f 7247
cea19dab 7248@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT
202d6e5f 7249
cea19dab 7250@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY
202d6e5f 7251
7252@node Target Attributes
7253@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}
7254@cindex target attributes
7255@cindex machine attributes
7256@cindex attributes, target-specific
7257
7258Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types.
7259These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to
7260be documented in @file{extend.texi}.
7261
7262@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
202d6e5f 7263
7264@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P
202d6e5f 7265
7266@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7267
7268@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7269
7270@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7271
7272@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7273
7274@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P
7275
7276@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC
7277Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat
7278@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}. By
7279default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define
7280@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. The current implementation
7281of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely
7282on this implementation detail.
7283@end defmac
7284
7285@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7286
7287@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P
202d6e5f 7288
7289@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
202d6e5f 7290
7291@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE
202d6e5f 7292
7293@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE
202d6e5f 7294
ff7cb116 7295@hook TARGET_OPTION_POST_STREAM_IN
7296
202d6e5f 7297@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT
202d6e5f 7298
04f989af 7299@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE
202d6e5f 7300
7301@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
202d6e5f 7302
cc8ef84f 7303@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS
cc8ef84f 7304
202d6e5f 7305@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P
202d6e5f 7306
9d0e3e3a 7307@hook TARGET_RELAYOUT_FUNCTION
7308
202d6e5f 7309@node Emulated TLS
7310@section Emulating TLS
7311@cindex Emulated TLS
7312
7313For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via
7314specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is
7315used. A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be
7316configured for the requirements of a particular target. For instance
7317the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation
7318layer.
7319
7320The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS
7321object. To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided
7322which, when given the address of the control object, will return the
7323address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object.
7324
7325@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 7326
7327@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON
202d6e5f 7328
7329@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION
202d6e5f 7330
7331@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION
202d6e5f 7332
7333@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX
202d6e5f 7334
7335@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX
202d6e5f 7336
7337@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS
202d6e5f 7338
7339@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT
202d6e5f 7340
7341@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED
202d6e5f 7342
7343@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 7344
7345@node MIPS Coprocessors
7346@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets.
7347@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros
7348
7349The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4
7350coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers. GCC supports
7351accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers
7352and memory using asm-ized variables. For example:
7353
7354@smallexample
7355 register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1");
7356 unsigned int d;
7357
7358 d = cp0count + 3;
7359@end smallexample
7360
7361(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate
7362names may be added as described below, or the default names may be
7363overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.)
7364
7365Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will
7366be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again
7367later in the function.
7368
7369Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is
7370the FPU@. One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips
7371floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism.
7372
202d6e5f 7373@node PCH Target
7374@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking
7375@cindex parameters, precompiled headers
7376
7377@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
202d6e5f 7378
7379@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
202d6e5f 7380
7381@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS
202d6e5f 7382
e5d92c9b 7383@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE
7384
202d6e5f 7385@node C++ ABI
7386@section C++ ABI parameters
7387@cindex parameters, c++ abi
7388
7389@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
202d6e5f 7390
7391@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
202d6e5f 7392
7393@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
202d6e5f 7394
7395@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
202d6e5f 7396
7397@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS
202d6e5f 7398
7399@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
202d6e5f 7400
7401@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
202d6e5f 7402
7403@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
7404
7405@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
202d6e5f 7406
7407@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT
202d6e5f 7408
7409@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
202d6e5f 7410
7411@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT
202d6e5f 7412
7413@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION
7414
7bfdbc17 7415@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT
7416
202d6e5f 7417@node Named Address Spaces
7418@section Adding support for named address spaces
7419@cindex named address spaces
7420
7421The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275
7422standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to
7423support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded
7424processors to specify alternate address spaces. You can configure a
7425GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for
7426address spaces other than the default address space. These address
7427spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and
7428@code{const} type attributes.
7429
7430Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than
7431pointers to the generic address space.
7432
7433For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer
7434to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU
7435processor. Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves
7436issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the
7437local processor memory address space. Pointers in the @code{__ea}
7438address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the
7439@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are
7440always 32 bits).
7441
7442Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the
7443range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic
7444address space.
7445
7446To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end,
7447the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine. For example,
7448the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for
7449named address space #1:
7450@smallexample
7451#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1
7452c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA);
7453@end smallexample
7454
7455@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE
202d6e5f 7456
7457@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE
202d6e5f 7458
7459@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE
202d6e5f 7460
7461@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
202d6e5f 7462
7463@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 7464
7465@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P
202d6e5f 7466
9cb89654 7467@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ZERO_ADDRESS_VALID
7468
202d6e5f 7469@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT
202d6e5f 7470
2e7a553a 7471@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DEBUG
7472
202d6e5f 7473@node Misc
7474@section Miscellaneous Parameters
7475@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
7476
7477@c prevent bad page break with this line
7478Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
7479
7480@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH
7481Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7482has conditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7483conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7484blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7485set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt
7486to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps.
7487@end defmac
7488
7489@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH
7490Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7491has unconditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7492conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7493blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7494set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt
7495to cross between sections into indirect jumps.
7496@end defmac
7497
7498@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE
7499An alias for a machine mode name. This is the machine mode that
7500elements of a jump-table should have.
7501@end defmac
7502
7503@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body})
7504Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec}
7505when the minimum and maximum offset are known. If you define this,
7506it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}.
7507To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and
7508make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit.
7509The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale
7510flags can be updated.
7511@end defmac
7512
7513@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
7514Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
7515should contain relative addresses. You need not define this macro if
7516jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should
7517contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC}
7518is in effect.
7519@end defmac
7520
7521@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
202d6e5f 7522
202d6e5f 7523@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
94f1fba7 7524Define this macro to 1 if operations between registers with integral mode
202d6e5f 7525smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register.
7526Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
7527@end defmac
7528
7529@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode})
7530Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
7531memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
7532bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
7533zero-extension of the data read. Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
7534of @var{mem_mode} for which the
7535insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
7536@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes.
7537
7538This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width
7539greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
7540value in this case. Do not define this macro if it would always return
7541@code{UNKNOWN}. On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
7542define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
7543
7544You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers
7545the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS}
7546of these hard registers @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero
7547when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any
7548integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}.
7549
7550You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this
7551mode, @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to
7552@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that
7553is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}.
7554@end defmac
7555
7556@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
d0b99710 7557Define this macro to 1 if loading short immediate values into registers sign
202d6e5f 7558extends.
7559@end defmac
7560
202d6e5f 7561@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
202d6e5f 7562
7563@defmac MOVE_MAX
7564The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7565between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
7566@end defmac
7567
7568@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX
7569The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7570between memory and registers or between two memory locations. If this
7571is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}. Otherwise, it is the
7572constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have
7573at run-time.
7574@end defmac
7575
7576@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
7577A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
7578actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
7579of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted. When
7580this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
7581a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
7582truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have
7583instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may
7584include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
7585also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
7586arguments to bit-field instructions.
7587
7588If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
7589position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field
7590instructions exist, you should define this macro.
7591
7592However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
7593only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
7594bit-field operations. Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
7595such machines. Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
7596the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
7597
7598You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
7599@end defmac
7600
7601@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}
7602@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
202d6e5f 7603
7604@defmac TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (@var{outprec}, @var{inprec})
7605A C expression which is nonzero if on this machine it is safe to
7606``convert'' an integer of @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec}
7607bits (where @var{outprec} is smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely
7608operating on it as if it had only @var{outprec} bits.
7609
7610On many machines, this expression can be 1.
7611
7612@c rearranged this, removed the phrase "it is reported that". this was
7613@c to fix an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
7614When @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} returns 1 for a pair of sizes for
7615modes for which @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P} is 0, suboptimal code can result.
7616If this is the case, making @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} return 0 in
7617such cases may improve things.
7618@end defmac
7619
7620@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
202d6e5f 7621
7622@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7623A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
7624with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
7625(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true. This description must
7626apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the
7627comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
7628
7629A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the
7630comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true
7631and 0 when the comparison is false. Otherwise, the value indicates
7632which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
7633true. This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
7634operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
7635@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern. Either the low bit or the sign bit of
7636@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on. Presently, only those bits are used by
7637the compiler.
7638
7639If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will
7640generate code that depends only on the specified bits. It can also
7641replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
7642the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
7643For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
7644@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
7645@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
7646expression
7647
7648@smallexample
7649(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
7650@end smallexample
7651
7652@noindent
7653can be converted to
7654
7655@smallexample
7656(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
7657@end smallexample
7658
7659@noindent
7660where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
7661tested into the sign bit.
7662
7663There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
7664for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
7665but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction. If you
7666are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to
7667perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
7668comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}.
7669
7670Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
7671from a comparison (or the condition codes). Here are rules to guide the
7672choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
7673to be used:
7674
7675@itemize @bullet
7676@item
7677Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
7678@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}. It is more efficient for the compiler to
7679``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
7680comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
7681combine the normalization with other operations.
7682
7683@item
7684For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being
7685slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
7686other machines.
7687
7688@item
7689As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
7690exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
7691others.
7692
7693@item
7694Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
7695@end itemize
7696
7697Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
7698@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
7699instructions. On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
7700those cases, e.g., one matching
7701
7702@smallexample
7703(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
7704@end smallexample
7705
7706Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
7707condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
7708@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}. On those
7709machines, define the appropriate patterns. Use the names @code{incscc}
7710and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform
7711@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values. See
b59688ee 7712@file{rs6000.md} for some examples. The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to
202d6e5f 7713find such instruction sequences on other machines.
7714
7715If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used. You need
7716not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
7717instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1.
7718@end defmac
7719
7720@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7721A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is
7722returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
7723Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return
7724floating-point values. If there are no such operations, do not define
7725this macro.
7726@end defmac
7727
7728@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7729A C expression that gives a rtx representing the nonzero true element
7730for vector comparisons. The returned rtx should be valid for the inner
7731mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode. Define
7732this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that
7733return a vector result. If there are no such operations, do not define
7734this macro. Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or
7735@code{constm1_rtx}. This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent
7736the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the
7737given mode.
7738@end defmac
7739
7740@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7741@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7742A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value
15b474a2 7743for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand.
202d6e5f 7744A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined.
7745If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should
7746evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab
7747entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into
15b474a2 7748the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}.
202d6e5f 7749In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to
15b474a2 7750this value.
202d6e5f 7751
7752If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or
7753@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined.
7754
7755This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs}
7756relies on a particular value to get correct results. Otherwise it
7757is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and
7758to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab.
7759
7760Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz}
7761and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions
7762visible to the user. Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will
7763to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of
7764breaking the API@.
7765@end defmac
7766
7767@defmac Pmode
7768An alias for the machine mode for pointers. On most machines, define
7769this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
7770pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
7771On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
7772modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
7773
7774The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
7775@code{POINTER_SIZE}. If it is not equal, you must define the macro
7776@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
7777to @code{Pmode}.
7778@end defmac
7779
7780@defmac FUNCTION_MODE
7781An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
7782being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions. On most CISC machines,
15b474a2 7783where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be
202d6e5f 7784@code{QImode}. On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed
7785size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment
7786as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}.
7787@end defmac
7788
7789@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS
7790In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the
7791constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@. On some
7792hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention,
7793where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies
7794strict conformance to the C Standard.
7795
7796Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host
7797convention when processing system header files, but when processing user
7798files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1.
7799@end defmac
7800
6adc88f8 7801@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE
7802
f9f68d35 7803@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7804
202d6e5f 7805@defmac NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7806Define this macro if the system header files support C++ as well as C@.
7807This macro inhibits the usual method of using system header files in
7808C++, which is to pretend that the file's contents are enclosed in
7809@samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
7810@end defmac
7811
7812@findex #pragma
7813@findex pragma
7814@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS ()
7815Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas.
7816If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to
7817@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion}
7818for each pragma. The macro may also do any
7819setup required for the pragmas.
7820
7821The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with
7822other compilers for the same target. In general, we discourage
7823definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@.
7824
7825If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider
7826defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well.
7827
7828Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded. All
7829@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are
7830silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}.
7831@end defmac
7832
7833@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7834@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7835
7836Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or
7837@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma. The
7838@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a
7839pragma of the form
7840
7841@smallexample
7842#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{}
7843@end smallexample
7844
7845@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or
7846@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace. The callback
7847routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed
7848on to cpplib's functions if necessary. You can lex tokens after the
7849@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}. Tokens that are not read by the
7850callback will be silently ignored. The end of the line is indicated by
7851a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}. Macro expansion occurs on the
7852arguments of pragmas registered with
7853@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of
7854pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}.
7855
7856Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++
7857compilers. It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any
7858other language compilers for that matter. Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going
7859to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when
7860building the C and C++ compilers. This can be done by defining the
7861variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the
7862target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file. These variables should name
7863the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the
7864code that uses @code{pragma_lex}. Note it will also be necessary to add a
7865rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows
7866how to build this object file.
7867@end deftypefun
7868
202d6e5f 7869@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION
3e0e49f2 7870Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the
202d6e5f 7871arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}.
7872@end defmac
7873
202d6e5f 7874@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT
7875If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning
7876the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes).
7877This must be a value that would also be valid to use with
7878@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two).
7879@end defmac
7880
7881@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
7882Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in
7883identifier names for the C family of languages. 0 means @samp{$} is
7884not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed. 1 is the default;
7885there is no need to define this macro in that case.
7886@end defmac
7887
202d6e5f 7888@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7889Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7890delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7891even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
7892@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that
7893every @code{call_insn} has this behavior. On machines where some @code{insn}
7894or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
7895you should define this macro.
7896
7897You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7898@end defmac
7899
7900@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7901Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7902delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7903even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
7904@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}. On machines where
7905some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
7906are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
7907define this macro. Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
7908instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
7909slot of @var{insn}.
7910
7911You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7912@end defmac
7913
7914@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES
7915Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases,
7916global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined
7917symbols in another translation unit without user intervention. For
7918instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported
7919from shared libraries (DLLs).
7920
7921You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero.
7922@end defmac
7923
2af3d775 7924@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_ADJUST
202d6e5f 7925
7926@defmac MATH_LIBRARY
7927Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link
cb22f930 7928in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or
7929@samp{""} if the target does not have a
202d6e5f 7930separate math library.
7931
cb22f930 7932You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong.
202d6e5f 7933@end defmac
7934
7935@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV
7936Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that
7937specifies where the linker should look for libraries.
7938
7939You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"}
7940is wrong.
7941@end defmac
7942
7943@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO
7944Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file
7945functions, access, mkdir and file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@.
7946Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code
7947to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions
7948if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time
7949for cross-profiling.
7950@end defmac
7951
7952@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE
7953
7954A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
7955conditional execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of
7956@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and
79571 if it does use cc0.
7958@end defmac
7959
7960@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7961Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the
7962conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code.
7963@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which
7964contains information about the currently processed blocks. @var{true_expr}
7965and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the
7966then-block and the else-block, respectively. Set either @var{true_expr} or
7967@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted.
7968@end defmac
7969
7970@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7971Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated
7972if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations.
7973@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently
7974being processed and about to be turned into a condition.
7975@end defmac
7976
7977@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn})
7978A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to
7979be converted to conditional execution format. @var{ce_info} points to
7980a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information
7981about the currently processed blocks.
7982@end defmac
7983
7984@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info})
7985A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
7986converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7987can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7988to by @var{ce_info}.
7989@end defmac
7990
7991@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info})
7992A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in
7993converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7994can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7995to by @var{ce_info}.
7996@end defmac
7997
e2ca32a4 7998@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info})
7999A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion
8000of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
8001to by @var{ce_info}.
202d6e5f 8002@end defmac
8003
8004@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
202d6e5f 8005
8006@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
202d6e5f 8007
8008@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
202d6e5f 8009
8010@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
8011
058a1b7a 8012@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_CHKP_FUNCTION
8013@hook TARGET_CHKP_BOUND_TYPE
8014@hook TARGET_CHKP_BOUND_MODE
8015@hook TARGET_CHKP_MAKE_BOUNDS_CONSTANT
8016@hook TARGET_CHKP_INITIALIZE_BOUNDS
8017
00a1fec8 8018@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
202d6e5f 8019
bf084459 8020@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
202d6e5f 8021
29cad3b6 8022@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
8023
cc8ef84f 8024@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY
cc8ef84f 8025
8026@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER
cc8ef84f 8027
8028@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY
cc8ef84f 8029
a04a7bec 8030@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
8031
202d6e5f 8032@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP
8033
2a29bc01 8034@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN
8035
c7b4d9b2 8036@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP
8037
202d6e5f 8038@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P
202d6e5f 8039
8040@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
8041
202d6e5f 8042@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P
202d6e5f 8043
8044@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION
202d6e5f 8045
8046@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX
8047Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object
8048files on your target machine. If you do not define this macro, GCC will
8049use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files.
8050@end defmac
8051
8052@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
8053Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be
8054automatically added to executable files on your target machine. If you
8055do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for
8056executable files.
8057@end defmac
8058
8059@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST
8060If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files
8061specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker.
8062Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards
8063object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export
8064lists.
8065@end defmac
8066
8067@defmac MODIFY_JNI_METHOD_CALL (@var{mdecl})
8068Define this macro to a C expression representing a variant of the
8069method call @var{mdecl}, if Java Native Interface (JNI) methods
8070must be invoked differently from other methods on your target.
8071For example, on 32-bit Microsoft Windows, JNI methods must be invoked using
8072the @code{stdcall} calling convention and this macro is then
8073defined as this expression:
8074
8075@smallexample
8076build_type_attribute_variant (@var{mdecl},
8077 build_tree_list
8078 (get_identifier ("stdcall"),
8079 NULL))
8080@end smallexample
8081@end defmac
8082
8083@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P
202d6e5f 8084
8085@hook TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS
202d6e5f 8086
8087@hook TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CALLEE_SAVED
202d6e5f 8088
8089@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
202d6e5f 8090
f9fd4edc 8091@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST
8092
8093@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT
8094
202d6e5f 8095@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST
202d6e5f 8096
8097@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS
8098If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression
8099that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications
8100that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer
8101constant inline. When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring
8102more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the
8103system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines.
8104The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count.
8105@end defmac
8106
8107@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8108This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8109target. The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files
8110are present. The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory.
8111The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8112@end deftypefn
8113
8114@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8115This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8116target before any standard headers. The parameter @var{stdinc}
8117indicates if normal include files are present. The parameter
8118@var{sysroot} is the system root directory. The parameter
8119@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8120@end deftypefn
8121
8122@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path})
8123This target hook should register special include paths for the target.
8124The parameter @var{path} is the include to register. On Darwin
8125systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics
8126that are different from @option{-I}.
8127@end deftypefn
8128
8129@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl})
8130This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias
8131for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks,
8132@code{false} otherwise. By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all
8133functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines
8134@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise,
8135@end defmac
8136
8137@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
8138If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8139target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat}
8140option. The default is to have no target-specific format checks.
8141@end defmac
8142
8143@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
8144If defined, this macro is the number of entries in
8145@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}.
8146@end defmac
8147
8148@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
8149If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8150target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The
8151default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined,
8152@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} must be defined, too.
8153@end defmac
8154
8155@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
8156If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in
8157@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}.
8158@end defmac
8159
8160@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
8161If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization
8162routine for target specific customizations of the system printf
8163and scanf formatter settings.
8164@end defmac
8165
202d6e5f 8166@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN
202d6e5f 8167
8168@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION
202d6e5f 8169
8170@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP
202d6e5f 8171
8172@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP
202d6e5f 8173
8174@hook TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE
202d6e5f 8175
8176@hook TARGET_INVALID_RETURN_TYPE
202d6e5f 8177
8178@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
202d6e5f 8179
8180@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
202d6e5f 8181
8182@defmac TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION
8183This macro determines whether to use the JCR section to register Java
8184classes. By default, TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION is defined to 1 if both
8185SUPPORTS_WEAK and TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS are true, else 0.
8186@end defmac
8187
8188@defmac OBJC_JBLEN
8189This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the
8190NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value.
8191@end defmac
8192
8193@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
8194Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached
15b474a2 8195to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for
202d6e5f 8196call stack unwinding. It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h}
8197and the associated definitions of those functions.
8198@end defmac
8199
8200@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY
202d6e5f 8201
8202@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX
202d6e5f 8203
8204@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
202d6e5f 8205
8206@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
df1680c8 8207
7ad5fd20 8208@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
8209
7f738025 8210@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK
7f738025 8211
df1680c8 8212@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
df9f2e40 8213
8214@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P
e913b5cd 8215
1e6e32b6 8216@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE
8217
b560fabd 8218@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
55af3bae 8219
dccabdd1 8220@hook TARGET_RECORD_OFFLOAD_SYMBOL
8221
38e21583 8222@hook TARGET_OFFLOAD_OPTIONS
8223
e913b5cd 8224@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
8225
8226On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl
a342dbb2 8227objects. Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero
8228to indicate that large integers are stored in
e913b5cd 8229@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects. The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows
8230very large integer constants to be represented. @code{CONST_DOUBLE}
a342dbb2 8231is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}
e913b5cd 8232representation.
8233
8234Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where
a342dbb2 8235@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that
e913b5cd 8236code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. @samp{"grep -i
8237const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that
8238need to be made. There are a few places that require a deeper look.
8239
8240@itemize @bullet
8241@item
8242There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for
8243@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. This would be difficult to express in the md
8244language since there are a variable number of elements.
8245
8246Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the
8247value is small. As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary
8248since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}. Of course there
8249are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap
8250instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code.
8251However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C
8252code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is
8253not really a large change.
8254
8255@item
8256Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize
8257constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each
8258port in this code.
8259
8260@item
8261The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger
8262constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}.
8263@end itemize
8264
a342dbb2 8265All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the
e913b5cd 8266maintainer is familiar with.
8267
8268@end defmac